MacVim Snapshot 108

Binary targets OS X 10.8(Mountain Lion), 10.9(Mavericks), 10.10(Yosemite), and 10.11(El Capitan) - Vim patch 7.4.2364 Script interfaces have compatibility with these versions - Lua 5.2 - Perl 5.16 - Python2 2.7 - Python3 3.5 - Ruby 2.0
Merge remote-tracking branch 'vim/master'
2026-06-02 11:19:22 +02:00 · 2016-09-11 20:46:21 -07:00 · 2016-09-11 10:04:02 -07:00 · 2016-09-11 16:48:50 +02:00 · 2016-09-11 15:08:56 +02:00 · 2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02:00
1016 changed files with 95262 additions and 56936 deletions
@@ -78,6 +78,8 @@ src/testdir/dostmp/*
 src/testdir/messages
 src/testdir/viminfo
 src/memfile_test
+src/json_test
+src/message_test

 # From MacVim
 .*.swp
@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ script:
  - rm -f result; $VIMCMD -g -f -c "redir>result" -c "py3 print(\"Test\")" -c "redir END" -c q; cat result; echo; grep -q -w Test result
  - rm -f result; $VIMCMD -g -f -c "redir>result" -c "ruby puts(\"Test\")" -c "redir END" -c q; cat result; echo; grep -q -w Test result
  - make test
+  - make -C src/testdir clean
+  - make -C src testgui

 before_deploy:
  - make -C src macvim-dmg
@@ -18,10 +18,12 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/charset.c \
 		src/crypt.c \
 		src/crypt_zip.c \
+		src/dict.c \
 		src/diff.c \
 		src/digraph.c \
 		src/edit.c \
 		src/eval.c \
+		src/evalfunc.c \
 		src/ex_cmds.c \
 		src/ex_cmds.h \
 		src/ex_cmds2.c \
@@ -43,6 +45,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/hashtab.c \
 		src/json.c \
 		src/json_test.c \
+		src/list.c \
 		src/keymap.h \
 		src/macros.h \
 		src/main.c \
@@ -53,6 +56,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/memline.c \
 		src/menu.c \
 		src/message.c \
+		src/message_test.c \
 		src/misc1.c \
 		src/misc2.c \
 		src/move.c \
@@ -74,6 +78,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/sha256.c \
 		src/structs.h \
 		src/spell.c \
+		src/spell.h \
+		src/spellfile.c \
 		src/syntax.c \
 		src/tag.c \
 		src/term.c \
@@ -81,11 +87,13 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/termlib.c \
 		src/ui.c \
 		src/undo.c \
+		src/userfunc.c \
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
 		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
+		src/tee/tee.c \
 		src/xxd/xxd.c \
 		src/main.aap \
 		src/testdir/main.aap \
@@ -95,6 +103,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/*.py \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
+		src/testdir/shared.vim \
+		src/testdir/setup.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
 		src/testdir/test_[a-z]*.ok \
@@ -116,21 +126,25 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/proto.h \
+		src/proto/arabic.pro \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt_zip.pro \
+		src/proto/dict.pro \
 		src/proto/diff.pro \
 		src/proto/digraph.pro \
 		src/proto/edit.pro \
 		src/proto/eval.pro \
+		src/proto/evalfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds2.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_docmd.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_eval.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_getln.pro \
+		src/proto/farsi.pro \
 		src/proto/fileio.pro \
 		src/proto/fold.pro \
 		src/proto/getchar.pro \
@@ -139,6 +153,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
 		src/proto/hashtab.pro \
 		src/proto/json.pro \
+		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
 		src/proto/mark.pro \
 		src/proto/mbyte.pro \
@@ -160,12 +175,14 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/search.pro \
 		src/proto/sha256.pro \
 		src/proto/spell.pro \
+		src/proto/spellfile.pro \
 		src/proto/syntax.pro \
 		src/proto/tag.pro \
 		src/proto/term.pro \
 		src/proto/termlib.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
+		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
 		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
@@ -247,6 +264,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/workshop.h \
 		src/wsdebug.c \
 		src/wsdebug.h \
+		src/tee/Makefile \
 		src/xxd/Makefile \

 # source files for both DOS and Unix
@@ -298,6 +316,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/Make_dvc.mak \
 		src/Make_ming.mak \
 		src/Make_mvc.mak \
+		tools/rename.bat \
 		src/bigvim.bat \
 		src/bigvim64.bat \
 		src/msvcsetup.bat \
@@ -317,6 +336,8 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/if_ole.h \
 		src/if_ole.idl \
 		src/if_perl_msvc/stdbool.h \
+		src/iscygpty.c \
+		src/iscygpty.h \
 		src/iid_ole.c \
 		src/os_dos.h \
 		src/os_w32dll.c \
@@ -337,9 +358,9 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/vimio.h \
 		src/gvim.exe.mnf \
 		src/vimrun.c \
-		src/vimtbar.h \
 		src/xpm_w32.c \
 		src/xpm_w32.h \
+		src/tee/Make_mvc.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_bc5.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_ming.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_mvc.mak \
@@ -375,15 +396,15 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
 		src/tools.bmp \
 		src/vim*.ico \
 		src/vim.tlb \
-		src/vimtbar.lib \
 		src/xpm/COPYRIGHT \
 		src/xpm/README.txt \
 		src/xpm/include/*.h \
 		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.a \
 		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.lib \
+		src/xpm/x64/lib-vc14/libXpm.lib \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.a \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.lib \
-		src/vimtbar.dll \
+		src/xpm/x86/lib-vc14/libXpm.lib \
 		nsis/icons/*.bmp \
 		nsis/icons/*.ico \

@@ -483,7 +504,6 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/ftoff.vim \
 		runtime/gvimrc_example.vim \
 		runtime/macros/README.txt \
-		runtime/macros/dvorak \
 		runtime/macros/editexisting.vim \
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/click.me \
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/hanoi.vim \
@@ -510,8 +530,9 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/macros/urm/examples \
 		runtime/macros/urm/urm \
 		runtime/macros/urm/urm.vim \
-		runtime/mswin.vim \
+		runtime/defaults.vim \
 		runtime/evim.vim \
+		runtime/mswin.vim \
 		runtime/optwin.vim \
 		runtime/ftplugin.vim \
 		runtime/ftplugof.vim \
@@ -524,9 +545,16 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/tutor/tutor \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.vim \
 		runtime/vimrc_example.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/plugin/dvorak.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/enable.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/disable.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/editexisting/plugin/editexisting.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/justify/plugin/justify.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/plugin/matchit.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/matchit.txt \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/tags \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/shellmenu/plugin/shellmenu.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim \

 # runtime files for all distributions without CR-NL translation
 RT_ALL_BIN =	\
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ first:

 # Some make programs use the last target for the $@ default; put the other
 # targets separately to always let $@ expand to "first" by default.
-all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test testclean clean distclean:
+all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test scripttests unittests testclean clean distclean:
 	@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
 		cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
 	fi
@@ -51,12 +51,9 @@ all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags typ
 #
 # dossrc	vim##src.zip		sources for MS-DOS
 # dosrt		vim##rt.zip		runtime for MS-DOS
-# dosbin	vim##d16.zip		binary for MS-DOS 16 bits
-#		vim##d32.zip		binary for MS-DOS 32 bits
-#		vim##w32.zip		binary for Win32
+# dosbin	vim##w32.zip		binary for Win32
 #		gvim##.zip		binary for GUI Win32
 #		gvim##ole.zip		OLE exe for Win32 GUI
-#		gvim##_s.zip		exe for Win32s GUI
 #
 # OBSOLETE
 # amisrc	vim##src.tgz		sources for Amiga
@@ -73,15 +70,6 @@ all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags typ
 MAJOR = 7
 MINOR = 4

-# Uncomment this line if the Win32s version is to be included.
-# DOSBIN_S =  dosbin_s
-
-# Uncomment this line if the 16 bit DOS version is to be included.
-# DOSBIN_D16 = dosbin_d16
-
-# Uncomment this line if the 32 bit DOS version is to be included.
-# DOSBIN_D32 = dosbin_d32
-
 # CHECKLIST for creating a new version:
 #
 # - Update Vim version number.  For a test version in: src/version.h, Contents,
@@ -149,31 +137,35 @@ MINOR = 4
 # - > cd src
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak
 # - Run the tests:
-#   > rm testdir/*.out testdir/*.res
+#   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testclean
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test
 #   - check the output.
-# - Rename vim.exe to vimw32.exe, xxd/xxd.exe to xxdw32.exe.
-# - Rename vim.pdb to vimw32.pdb.
-# - Rename install.exe to installw32.exe and uninstal.exe to uninstalw32.exe.
+# - Rename (using tools/rename.bat):
+#           vim.exe to vimw32.exe
+#           tee/tee.exe to teew32.exe
+#           xxd/xxd.exe to xxdw32.exe
+#           vim.pdb to vimw32.pdb
+#           install.exe to installw32.exe
+#           uninstal.exe to uninstalw32.exe
 # Win32 GUI version build:
 # - > cd src
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes
 # - Run the tests:
-#   > rm testdir/*.out testdir/*.res
+#   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testclean
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testgvim
 #   - check the output.
 # - move "gvim.exe" to here (otherwise the OLE version will overwrite it).
 # - Move gvim.pdb to here.
 # - Copy "GvimExt/gvimext.dll" to here.
 # - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstal.exe.
-# Win32 GUI version with OLE, PERL, TCL, PYTHON and dynamic IME:
+# Win32 GUI version with OLE, PERL, Ruby, TCL, PYTHON and dynamic IME:
 # - Install the interfaces you want, see src/INSTALLpc.txt
 # - Build:
 #   > cd src
 #   Adjust bigvim.bat to match the version of each interface you want.
 #   > bigvim.bat
 # - Run the tests:
-#   > rm testdir/*.out testdir/*.res
+#   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testclean
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testgvim
 #   - check the output.
 # - Rename "gvim.exe" to "gvim_ole.exe".
@@ -187,7 +179,8 @@ MINOR = 4
 # NSIS self installing exe:
 # - To get NSIS see http://nsis.sourceforge.net
 # - Make sure gvim_ole.exe, vimw32.exe, installw32.exe,
-#   uninstalw32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned above.
+#   uninstalw32.exe, teew32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned
+#   above.
 # - copy these files (get them from a binary archive or build them):
 #	gvimext.dll in src/GvimExt
 #	gvimext64.dll in src/GvimExt
@@ -221,15 +214,7 @@ MINOR = 4
 # 32 bit DOS version: Support was removed in 7.4.1399.  When syncing to before
 # that it probably won't build.
 #
-# Win32s GUI version: (requires a very old compiler)
-# - Set environment for Visual C++ 4.1 (requires a new console window):
-#   "vcvars32.bat" (use the path for VC 4.1 e:\msdev\bin)
-# - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes INTL=no clean" (use the path for VC 4.1)
-# - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes INTL=no" (use the path for VC 4.1)
-# - Rename "gvim.exe" to "gvim_w32s.exe".
-# - Rename "install.exe" to "installw32.exe"
-# - Rename "uninstal.exe" to "uninstalw32.exe"
-# - The produced uninstalw32.exe and vimrun.exe are used.
+# Win32s GUI version: Support was removed in patch 7.4.1364.
 #
 # OS/2 support was removed in patch 7.4.1008.  If you want to give it a try
 # sync to before that and check the old version of this Makefile for
@@ -268,12 +253,9 @@ dist/comment:
 	mkdir dist/comment

 COMMENT_RT = comment/$(VERSION)-rt
-COMMENT_D16 = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-d16
-COMMENT_D32 = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-d32
 COMMENT_W32 = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-w32
 COMMENT_GVIM = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-gvim
 COMMENT_OLE = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-ole
-COMMENT_W32S = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-w32s
 COMMENT_SRC = comment/$(VERSION)-src
 COMMENT_HTML = comment/$(VERSION)-html
 COMMENT_FARSI = comment/$(VERSION)-farsi
@@ -281,12 +263,6 @@ COMMENT_FARSI = comment/$(VERSION)-farsi
 dist/$(COMMENT_RT): dist/comment
 	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) runtime files for MS-DOS and MS-Windows" > dist/$(COMMENT_RT)

-dist/$(COMMENT_D16): dist/comment
-	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) binaries for MS-DOS 16 bit real mode" > dist/$(COMMENT_D16)
-
-dist/$(COMMENT_D32): dist/comment
-	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) binaries for MS-DOS 32 bit protected mode" > dist/$(COMMENT_D32)
-
 dist/$(COMMENT_W32): dist/comment
 	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) binaries for MS-Windows NT/95" > dist/$(COMMENT_W32)

@@ -296,9 +272,6 @@ dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM): dist/comment
 dist/$(COMMENT_OLE): dist/comment
 	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) MS-Windows GUI binaries with OLE support" > dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)

-dist/$(COMMENT_W32S): dist/comment
-	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) GUI binaries for MS-Windows 3.1/3.11" > dist/$(COMMENT_W32S)
-
 dist/$(COMMENT_SRC): dist/comment
 	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) sources for MS-DOS and MS-Windows" > dist/$(COMMENT_SRC)

@@ -501,7 +474,8 @@ runtime_unix2dos: dosrt_files
 	cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar cf - * \
 		| (cd ../../../runtime/dos; tar xf -)

-dosbin: prepare dosbin_gvim dosbin_w32 $(DOSBIN_D32) dosbin_ole $(DOSBIN_S) $(DOSBIN_D16)
+dosbin: prepare dosbin_gvim dosbin_w32 dosbin_ole $(DOSBIN_S)
+	-rm $(IN_README_DIR)

 # make Win32 gvim
 dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
@@ -512,8 +486,8 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
 	cp gvim.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
+	cp teew32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/tee.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
@@ -532,43 +506,13 @@ dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
 	cp vimw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
+	cp teew32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/tee.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
 	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)w32.zip vim <$(COMMENT_W32)
 	cp vimw32.pdb dist/vim$(VERSION)w32.pdb

-# make 32bit DOS
-dosbin_d32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_D32)
-	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)d32.zip
-	-rm -rf dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	tar cf - \
-		$(BIN_DOS) \
-		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	cp vimd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
-	cp xxdd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
-	cp installd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstald32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
-	cp csdpmi4b.zip dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)d32.zip vim <$(COMMENT_D32)
-
-# make 16bit DOS
-dosbin_d16: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_D16)
-	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)d16.zip
-	-rm -rf dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	tar cf - \
-		$(BIN_DOS) \
-		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	cp vimd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
-	cp xxdd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
-	cp installd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstald16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
-	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)d16.zip vim <$(COMMENT_D16)
-
 # make Win32 gvim with OLE
 dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	-rm -rf dist/gvim$(VERSION)ole.zip
@@ -579,6 +523,7 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
 	cp gvim_ole.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
+	cp teew32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/tee.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
@@ -590,22 +535,6 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION)ole.zip vim <$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	cp gvim_ole.pdb dist/gvim$(VERSION)ole.pdb

-# make Win32s gvim
-dosbin_s: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32S)
-	-rm -rf dist/gvim$(VERSION)_s.zip
-	-rm -rf dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	tar cf - \
-		$(BIN_DOS) \
-		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	cp gvim_w32s.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
-	cp xxdd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
-	cp README_w32s.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
-	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION)_s.zip vim <$(COMMENT_W32S)
-
 html: dist dist/$(COMMENT_HTML)
 	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)html.zip
 	cd runtime/doc && zip -9 -z ../../dist/vim$(VERSION)html.zip *.html <../../dist/$(COMMENT_HTML)
@@ -1,125 +1,10 @@
-`README.md` for version 7.4 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
-[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
-[![Coverage Status](https://coveralls.io/repos/vim/vim/badge.svg?branch=master&service=github)](https://coveralls.io/github/vim/vim?branch=master)
-[![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
-[![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)
+Vim - the text editor - for Mac OS X

+This is the official GitHub repository for MacVim, the macOS port of [vim](https://github.com/vim/vim). It is based on
+[Björn Winckler's repository](https://github.com/b4winckler/macvim), which was official until he stepped down as the
+maintainer of the port.

-## What is Vim? ##
+- MacVim homepage http://macvim-dev.github.io/macvim

-Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi.  Many new features
-have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
-on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations, etc.
-There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI) available.  See
-`runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt` for differences with Vi.
+- Vim README https://github.com/macvim-dev/macvim/blob/master/README_vim.md

-This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
-All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
-with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
-defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
-
-Vim runs under MS-DOS, MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh,
-VMS and almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be
-very difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga DOS,
-Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
-
-
-## Distribution ##
-
-You can often use your favorite package manager to install Vim.  On Mac and
-Linux a small version of Vim is pre-installed, you still need to install Vim
-if you want more features.
-
-There are separate distributions for Unix, PC, Amiga and some other systems.
-This `README.md` file comes with the runtime archive.  It includes the
-documentation, syntax files and other files that are used at runtime.  To run
-Vim you must get either one of the binary archives or a source archive.
-Which one you need depends on the system you want to run it on and whether you
-want or must compile it yourself.  Check http://www.vim.org/download.php for
-an overview of currently available distributions.
-
-
-## Documentation ##
-
-The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Mostly it can be
-started as `vimtutor`.  See `:help tutor` for more information.
-
-The best is to use `:help` in Vim.  If you don't have an executable yet, read
-`runtime/doc/help.txt`.  It contains pointers to the other documentation
-files.  The User Manual reads like a book and is recommended to learn to use
-Vim.  See `:help user-manual`.
-
-
-## Copying ##
-
-Vim is Charityware.  You can use and copy it as much as you like, but you are
-encouraged to make a donation to help orphans in Uganda.  Please read the file
-`runtime/doc/uganda.txt` for details (do `:help uganda` inside Vim).
-
-Summary of the license: There are no restrictions on using or distributing an
-unmodified copy of Vim.  Parts of Vim may also be distributed, but the license
-text must always be included.  For modified versions a few restrictions apply.
-The license is GPL compatible, you may compile Vim with GPL libraries and
-distribute it.
-
-
-## Sponsoring ##
-
-Fixing bugs and adding new features takes a lot of time and effort.  To show
-your appreciation for the work and motivate Bram and others to continue
-working on Vim please send a donation.
-
-Since Bram is back to a paid job the money will now be used to help children
-in Uganda.  See `runtime/doc/uganda.txt`.  But at the same time donations
-increase Bram's motivation to keep working on Vim!
-
-For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
-	http://www.vim.org/sponsor/
-
-
-## Compiling ##
-
-If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
-obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
-`src` directory.  See `src/INSTALL` for instructions.
-
-
-## Installation ##
-
-See one of these files for system-specific instructions:
-
-	README_ami.txt		Amiga
-	README_unix.txt		Unix
-	README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
-	README_mac.txt		Macintosh
-	README_vms.txt		VMS
-
-There are more `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
-
-
-## Contributing ##
-
-If you would like to help making Vim better, see the [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md) file.
-
-
-## Information ##
-
-The latest news about Vim can be found on the Vim home page:
-	http://www.vim.org/
-
-If you have problems, have a look at the Vim documentation or tips:
-	http://www.vim.org/docs.php
-	http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Vim_Tips_Wiki
-
-If you still have problems or any other questions, use one of the mailing
-lists to discuss them with Vim users and developers:
-	http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
-
-If nothing else works, report bugs directly:
-	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-
-
-## Main author ##
-
-Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
-	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
@@ -3,21 +3,23 @@ README.txt for version 7.4 of Vim: Vi IMproved.

 WHAT IS VIM?

-Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi.  Many new features
-have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
-on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations, etc.
-There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI) available.  See
-"runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt" for differences with Vi.
+Vim is a greatly improved version of the good old UNIX editor Vi.  Many new
+features have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line
+history, on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations,
+script language, etc.  There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI)
+available.  Still, Vi compatibility is maintained, those who have Vi "in the
+fingers" will feel at home.  See "runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt" for differences with
+Vi.

 This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
 All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
-defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
+mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.

-Vim runs under MS-DOS, MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh,
-VMS and almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be
-very difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga DOS,
-Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
+almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
+difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
+DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.


 DISTRIBUTION
@@ -34,10 +36,38 @@ Which one you need depends on the system you want to run it on and whether you
 want or must compile it yourself.  Check "http://www.vim.org/download.php" for
 an overview of currently available distributions.

+Some popular places to get the latest Vim:
+* Check out the git repository from github: https://github.com/vim/vim.
+* Get the source code as an archive: https://github.com/vim/vim/releases.
+* Get a Windows executable from the vim-win32-installer repository:
+  https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases.
+
+
+COMPILING
+
+If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
+obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
+"src" directory.  See src/INSTALL for instructions.
+
+
+INSTALLATION
+
+See one of these files for system-specific instructions.  Either in the
+READMEdir directory (in the repository) or the top directory (if you unpack an
+archive):
+
+README_ami.txt		Amiga
+README_unix.txt		Unix
+README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
+README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+README_vms.txt		VMS
+
+There are more README_*.txt files, depending on the distribution you used.
+

 DOCUMENTATION

-The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Mostly it can be
+The Vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Often it can be
 started as "vimtutor".  See ":help tutor" for more information.

 The best is to use ":help" in Vim.  If you don't have an executable yet, read
@@ -74,23 +104,9 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
 	http://www.vim.org/sponsor/


-COMPILING
+CONTRIBUTING

-If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
-obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
-"src" directory.  See src/INSTALL for instructions.
-
-
-INSTALLATION
-
-See one of these files for system-specific instructions:
-README_ami.txt		Amiga
-README_unix.txt		Unix
-README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
-README_mac.txt		Macintosh
-README_vms.txt		VMS
-
-There are more README_*.txt files, depending on the distribution you used.
+If you would like to help making Vim better, see the CONTRIBUTING.md file.


 INFORMATION
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+`README.md` for version 7.4 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
+[![Coverage Status](https://coveralls.io/repos/vim/vim/badge.svg?branch=master&service=github)](https://coveralls.io/github/vim/vim?branch=master)
+[![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
+[![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)
+
+
+## What is Vim? ##
+
+Vim is a greatly improved version of the good old UNIX editor Vi.  Many new
+features have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line
+history, on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations,
+script language, etc.  There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI)
+available.  Still, Vi compatibility is maintained, those who have Vi "in the
+fingers" will feel at home.  See `runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt` for differences with
+Vi.
+
+This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
+All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
+with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
+mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
+
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
+almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
+difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
+DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+
+
+## Distribution ##
+
+You can often use your favorite package manager to install Vim.  On Mac and
+Linux a small version of Vim is pre-installed, you still need to install Vim
+if you want more features.
+
+There are separate distributions for Unix, PC, Amiga and some other systems.
+This `README.md` file comes with the runtime archive.  It includes the
+documentation, syntax files and other files that are used at runtime.  To run
+Vim you must get either one of the binary archives or a source archive.
+Which one you need depends on the system you want to run it on and whether you
+want or must compile it yourself.  Check http://www.vim.org/download.php for
+an overview of currently available distributions.
+
+Some popular places to get the latest Vim:
+* Check out the git repository from [github](https://github.com/vim/vim).
+* Get the source code as an [archive](https://github.com/vim/vim/releases).
+* Get a Windows executable from the
+[vim-win32-installer](https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases) repository.
+
+
+
+## Compiling ##
+
+If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
+obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
+`src` directory.  See `src/INSTALL` for instructions.
+
+
+## Installation ##
+
+See one of these files for system-specific instructions.  Either in the
+READMEdir directory (in the repository) or the top directory (if you unpack an
+archive):
+
+	README_ami.txt		Amiga
+	README_unix.txt		Unix
+	README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
+	README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+	README_vms.txt		VMS
+
+There are other `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
+
+
+## Documentation ##
+
+The Vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Often it can be
+started as `vimtutor`.  See `:help tutor` for more information.
+
+The best is to use `:help` in Vim.  If you don't have an executable yet, read
+`runtime/doc/help.txt`.  It contains pointers to the other documentation
+files.  The User Manual reads like a book and is recommended to learn to use
+Vim.  See `:help user-manual`.
+
+
+## Copying ##
+
+Vim is Charityware.  You can use and copy it as much as you like, but you are
+encouraged to make a donation to help orphans in Uganda.  Please read the file
+`runtime/doc/uganda.txt` for details (do `:help uganda` inside Vim).
+
+Summary of the license: There are no restrictions on using or distributing an
+unmodified copy of Vim.  Parts of Vim may also be distributed, but the license
+text must always be included.  For modified versions a few restrictions apply.
+The license is GPL compatible, you may compile Vim with GPL libraries and
+distribute it.
+
+
+## Sponsoring ##
+
+Fixing bugs and adding new features takes a lot of time and effort.  To show
+your appreciation for the work and motivate Bram and others to continue
+working on Vim please send a donation.
+
+Since Bram is back to a paid job the money will now be used to help children
+in Uganda.  See `runtime/doc/uganda.txt`.  But at the same time donations
+increase Bram's motivation to keep working on Vim!
+
+For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
+	http://www.vim.org/sponsor/
+
+
+## Contributing ##
+
+If you would like to help making Vim better, see the [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md) file.
+
+
+## Information ##
+
+The latest news about Vim can be found on the Vim home page:
+	http://www.vim.org/
+
+If you have problems, have a look at the Vim documentation or tips:
+	http://www.vim.org/docs.php
+	http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Vim_Tips_Wiki
+
+If you still have problems or any other questions, use one of the mailing
+lists to discuss them with Vim users and developers:
+	http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
+
+If nothing else works, report bugs directly:
+	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+
+
+## Main author ##
+
+Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
+	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
@@ -26,9 +26,10 @@ build_script:
 test_script:
  - cd src/testdir
    # Testing with MSVC gvim
+  - path C:\Python35-x64;%PATH%
  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim
  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak clean
    # Testing with MingW console version
  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\vim

-# vim: sw=2 sts=2 et ts=2 sr
+# vim: sw=2 sts=2 et ts=8 sr
@@ -188,6 +188,7 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
 	File /oname=install.exe ${VIMSRC}\installw32.exe
 	File /oname=uninstal.exe ${VIMSRC}\uninstalw32.exe
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vimrun.exe
+	File /oname=tee.exe ${VIMSRC}\teew32.exe
 	File /oname=xxd.exe ${VIMSRC}\xxdw32.exe
 	File ${VIMTOOLS}\diff.exe
 	File ${VIMRT}\vimtutor.bat
@@ -215,6 +216,28 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
 	SetOutPath $0\macros
 	File ${VIMRT}\macros\*.*

+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\dvorak
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\dvorak\*.*
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\plugin\*.*
+
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\editexisting\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\editexisting\plugin\*.*
+
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\justify\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\justify\plugin\*.*
+
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\matchit\doc
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\matchit\doc\*.*
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\matchit\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\matchit\plugin\*.*
+
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\shellmenu\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\shellmenu\plugin\*.*
+
+	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\swapmouse\plugin
+	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\swapmouse\plugin\*.*
+
 	SetOutPath $0\plugin
 	File ${VIMRT}\plugin\*.*

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ function! s:GetBufferRubyEntity( name, type, ... )

    let stopline = 1

-    let crex = '^\s*\<' . a:type . '\>\s*\<' . a:name . '\>\s*\(<\s*.*\s*\)\?'
+    let crex = '^\s*\<' . a:type . '\>\s*\<' . escape(a:name, '*') . '\>\s*\(<\s*.*\s*\)\?'
    let [lnum,lcol] = searchpos( crex, 'w' )
    "let [lnum,lcol] = searchpairpos( crex . '\zs', '', '\(end\|}\)', 'w' )

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
    let ctors = ctors.'\)'

    let fstr = '=\s*\([^ \t]\+.' . ctors .'\>\|[\[{"''/]\|%[xwQqr][(\[{@]\|[A-Za-z0-9@:\-()\.]\+...\?\|lambda\|&\)'
-    let sstr = ''.a:v.'\>\s*[+\-*/]*'.fstr
+    let sstr = ''.escape(a:v, '*').'\>\s*[+\-*/]*'.fstr
    let [lnum,lcol] = searchpos(sstr,'nb',stopline)
    if lnum != 0 && lcol != 0
        let str = matchstr(getline(lnum),fstr,lcol)
@@ -266,6 +266,28 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
    end
  end

+  def load_gems
+    fpath = VIM::evaluate("get(g:, 'rubycomplete_gemfile_path', 'Gemfile')")
+    return unless File.file?(fpath) && File.readable?(fpath)
+    want_bundler = VIM::evaluate("get(g:, 'rubycomplete_use_bundler')")
+    parse_file = !want_bundler
+    begin
+      require 'bundler'
+      Bundler.setup
+      Bundler.require
+    rescue Exception
+      parse_file = true
+    end
+    if parse_file
+      File.new(fpath).each_line do |line|
+        begin
+          require $1 if /\s*gem\s*['"]([^'"]+)/.match(line)
+        rescue Exception
+        end
+      end
+    end
+  end
+
  def load_buffer_class(name)
    dprint "load_buffer_class(%s) START" % name
    classdef = get_buffer_entity(name, 's:GetBufferRubyClass("%s")')
@@ -588,6 +610,10 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
      load_rails
    end

+    want_gems = VIM::evaluate("get(g:, 'rubycomplete_load_gemfile')")
+    load_gems unless want_gems.to_i.zero?
+    
+
    input = VIM::Buffer.current.line
    cpos = VIM::Window.current.cursor[1] - 1
    input = input[0..cpos]
@@ -678,7 +704,9 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
        cv = eval("self.class.constants")
        vartype = get_var_type( receiver )
        dprint "vartype: %s" % vartype
-        if vartype != ''
+
+        invalid_vartype = ['', "gets"]
+        if !invalid_vartype.include?(vartype)
          load_buffer_class( vartype )

          begin
@@ -706,7 +734,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
            methods.concat m.instance_methods(false)
          }
        end
-        variables += add_rails_columns( "#{vartype}" ) if vartype && vartype.length > 0
+        variables += add_rails_columns( "#{vartype}" ) if vartype && !invalid_vartype.include?(vartype)

      when /^\(?\s*[A-Za-z0-9:^@.%\/+*\(\)]+\.\.\.?[A-Za-z0-9:^@.%\/+*\(\)]+\s*\)?\.([^.]*)/
        message = $1
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
-" Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:	35
+" Author:	Charles E. Campbell
+" Date:		Apr 11, 2016
+" Version:	37
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
-" Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 "            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 "            No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
 finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_vimball = "v35"
+let g:loaded_vimball = "v37"
 if v:version < 702
 echohl WarningMsg
 echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.2"
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
 
   let lastline= line("$") + 1
   if lastline == 2 && getline("$") == ""
-	call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.')
+	call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell')
 	call setline(2,'UseVimball')
 	call setline(3,'finish')
 	let lastline= line("$") + 1
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
  " remove the evidence
  setlocal nomod bh=wipe
  exe "tabn ".curtabnr
-  exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
+  exe "tabc! ".vbtabnr

  " restore options
  call vimball#RestoreSettings()
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   " when AsNeeded/filename is filereadable or was present in VimballRecord
   if fname =~ '\<plugin/'
   	let anfname= substitute(fname,'\<plugin/','AsNeeded/','')
-	if filereadable(anfname) || (exists("s:VBRstring") && s:VBRstring =~ anfname)
+	if filereadable(anfname) || (exists("s:VBRstring") && s:VBRstring =~# anfname)
 "	 call Decho("using anfname<".anfname."> instead of <".fname.">")
 	 let fname= anfname
 	endif
@@ -379,10 +379,10 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
  call s:RecordInFile(home)

  " restore events, delete tab and buffer
-  exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+  exe "sil! tabn ".vbtabnr
  setlocal nomod bh=wipe
-  exe "tabn ".curtabnr
-  exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
+  exe "sil! tabn ".curtabnr
+  exe "sil! tabc! ".vbtabnr
  call vimball#RestoreSettings()
  call s:ChgDir(curdir)

@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ fun! vimball#ShowMesg(level,msg)
  set noruler noshowcmd
  redraw!

-  if &fo =~ '[ta]'
+  if &fo =~# '[ta]'
   echomsg "***vimball*** ".a:msg
  else
   if a:level == s:WARNING || a:level == s:USAGE
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ fun! vimball#SaveSettings()
 "  call Dfunc("SaveSettings()")
  let s:makeep  = getpos("'a")
  let s:regakeep= @a
-  if exists("&acd")
+  if exists("+acd")
   let s:acdkeep = &acd
  endif
  let s:eikeep  = &ei
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ fun! vimball#SaveSettings()
  let s:vekeep  = &ve
  let s:ffkeep  = &l:ff
  let s:swfkeep = &l:swf
-  if exists("&acd")
+  if exists("+acd")
   setlocal ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
  else
   setlocal ei=all ve=all       nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ endfun
 fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
 "  call Dfunc("RestoreSettings()")
  let @a      = s:regakeep
-  if exists("&acd")
+  if exists("+acd")
   let &acd   = s:acdkeep
  endif
  let &l:fen  = s:fenkeep
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
 "   call Decho("restore mark-a: makeep=".string(makeep))
   call setpos("'a",s:makeep)
  endif
-  if exists("&acd")
+  if exists("+acd")
   unlet s:acdkeep
  endif
  unlet s:regakeep s:eikeep s:fenkeep s:hidkeep s:ickeep s:repkeep s:vekeep s:makeep s:lzkeep s:pmkeep s:ffkeep
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 May 23
+" Last Change:	2016 Sep 04

 hi clear
 set background=dark
@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ hi TabLineFill	  term=bold,reverse  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white g
 hi TabLineSel	  term=reverse	ctermfg=white ctermbg=lightblue guifg=white guibg=blue
 hi Underlined	  term=underline cterm=bold,underline ctermfg=lightblue guifg=lightblue gui=bold,underline
 hi Ignore		  ctermfg=black ctermbg=black guifg=black guibg=black
+hi EndOfBuffer	  term=bold  cterm=bold  ctermfg=darkred guifg=#cc0000 gui=bold
 hi link IncSearch		Visual
 hi link String			Constant
 hi link Character		Constant
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	Cucumber
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 Aug 09
+" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ CompilerSet makeprg=cucumber

 CompilerSet errorformat=
      \%W%m\ (Cucumber::Undefined),
-      \%E%m\ (%.%#),
+      \%E%m\ (%\\S%#),
      \%Z%f:%l,
      \%Z%f:%l:%.%#

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Compiler:         GNU C Compiler
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Latest Revision:  2010-10-14
+" 			added line suggested by Anton Lindqvist 2016 Mar 31

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -24,6 +25,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
      \%f:%l:\ %trror:\ %m,
      \%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
      \%f:%l:\ %m,
+      \%f:\\(%*[^\\)]\\):\ %m,
      \\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%*\\D%c%*[^\ ]\ %m,
      \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
      \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	Haml
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 May 30
+" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C

-CompilerSet makeprg=haml\ -c
+CompilerSet makeprg=haml

 CompilerSet errorformat=
      \Haml\ %trror\ on\ line\ %l:\ %m,
@@ -27,7 +27,11 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
      \%\\s%#[%f:%l:\ %#%m,
      \%\\s%#%f:%l:\ %#%m,
      \%\\s%#%f:%l:,
-      \%m\ [%f:%l]:
+      \%m\ [%f:%l]:,
+      \%+Erake\ aborted!,
+      \%+EDon't\ know\ how\ to\ build\ task\ %.%#,
+      \%+Einvalid\ option:%.%#,
+      \%+Irake\ %\\S%\\+%\\s%\\+#\ %.%#

 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -22,9 +22,10 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
    \%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
    \%E%.%#:in\ `load':\ %f:%l:%m,
    \%E%f:%l:in\ `%*[^']':\ %m,
-    \%-Z\ \ \ \ \ \#\ %f:%l:%.%#,
+    \%-Z\ \ \ \ \ %\\+\#\ %f:%l:%.%#,
    \%E\ \ %\\d%\\+)%.%#,
    \%C\ \ \ \ \ %m,
+    \%C%\\s%#,
    \%-G%.%#

 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
@@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C

 CompilerSet makeprg=testrb
+" CompilerSet makeprg=ruby\ -Itest
+" CompilerSet makeprg=m

 CompilerSet errorformat=\%W\ %\\+%\\d%\\+)\ Failure:,
 			\%C%m\ [%f:%l]:,
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	Sass
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 May 30
+" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C

-CompilerSet makeprg=sass\ -c
+CompilerSet makeprg=sass

 CompilerSet errorformat=
      \%f:%l:%m\ (Sass::Syntax%trror),
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	HTML Tidy
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jul 7
+" Last Change:	2016 Apr 21

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif

-CompilerSet makeprg=tidy\ -quiet\ -errors\ --gnu-emacs\ yes\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=tidy\ -quiet\ -errors\ --gnu-emacs\ yes\ %:S

-" sample warning: foo.html:8:1: Warning: inserting missing 'foobar' element
-" sample error:   foo.html:9:2: Error: <foobar> is not recognized!
-CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ Error:%m,%f:%l:%c:\ Warning:%m,%-G%.%#
+" foo.html:8:1: Warning: inserting missing 'foobar' element
+" foo.html:9:2: Error: <foobar> is not recognized!
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %trror:%m,%f:%l:%c:\ %tarning:%m,%-G%.%#
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+" The default vimrc file.
+"
+" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+" Last change:	2016 Sep 02
+"
+" This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
+" Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
+" Individual settings can be reverted with ":set option&".
+" Other commands can be reverted as mentioned below.
+
+" When started as "evim", evim.vim will already have done these settings.
+if v:progname =~? "evim"
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Bail out if something that ran earlier, e.g. a system wide vimrc, does not
+" want Vim to use these default values.
+if exists('skip_defaults_vim')
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Use Vim settings, rather than Vi settings (much better!).
+" This must be first, because it changes other options as a side effect.
+set nocompatible
+
+" Allow backspacing over everything in insert mode.
+set backspace=indent,eol,start
+
+set history=200		" keep 200 lines of command line history
+set ruler		" show the cursor position all the time
+set showcmd		" display incomplete commands
+set wildmenu		" display completion matches in a status line
+
+set ttimeout		" time out for key codes
+set ttimeoutlen=100	" wait up to 100ms after Esc for special key
+
+" Show @@@ in the last line if it is truncated.
+set display=truncate
+
+" Show a few lines of context around the cursor.  Note that this makes the
+" text scroll if you mouse-click near the start or end of the window.
+set scrolloff=5
+
+" Do incremental searching when it's possible to timeout.
+if has('reltime')
+  set incsearch
+endif
+
+" Do not recognize octal numbers for Ctrl-A and Ctrl-X, most users find it
+" confusing.
+set nrformats-=octal
+
+" For Win32 GUI: remove 't' flag from 'guioptions': no tearoff menu entries.
+if has('win32')
+  set guioptions-=t
+endif
+
+" Don't use Ex mode, use Q for formatting.
+" Revert with ":unmap Q".
+map Q gq
+
+" CTRL-U in insert mode deletes a lot.  Use CTRL-G u to first break undo,
+" so that you can undo CTRL-U after inserting a line break.
+" Revert with ":iunmap <C-U>".
+inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U>
+
+" In many terminal emulators the mouse works just fine.  By enabling it you
+" can position the cursor, Visually select and scroll with the mouse.
+if has('mouse')
+  set mouse=a
+endif
+
+" Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the
+" GUI (which always has colors).
+if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
+  " Revert with ":syntax off".
+  syntax on
+
+  " I like highlighting strings inside C comments.
+  " Revert with ":unlet c_comment_strings".
+  let c_comment_strings=1
+endif
+
+" Only do this part when compiled with support for autocommands.
+if has("autocmd")
+
+  " Enable file type detection.
+  " Use the default filetype settings, so that mail gets 'tw' set to 72,
+  " 'cindent' is on in C files, etc.
+  " Also load indent files, to automatically do language-dependent indenting.
+  " Revert with ":filetype off".
+  filetype plugin indent on
+
+  " Put these in an autocmd group, so that you can revert them with:
+  " ":augroup vimStartup | au! | augroup END"
+  augroup vimStartup
+    au!
+
+    " When editing a file, always jump to the last known cursor position.
+    " Don't do it when the position is invalid or when inside an event handler
+    " (happens when dropping a file on gvim).
+    autocmd BufReadPost *
+      \ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") |
+      \   exe "normal! g`\"" |
+      \ endif
+
+  augroup END
+
+endif " has("autocmd")
+
+" Convenient command to see the difference between the current buffer and the
+" file it was loaded from, thus the changes you made.
+" Only define it when not defined already.
+" Revert with: ":delcommand DiffOrig".
+if !exists(":DiffOrig")
+  command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_ | diffthis
+		  \ | wincmd p | diffthis
+endif
+
+if has('langmap') && exists('+langremap')
+  " Prevent that the langmap option applies to characters that result from a
+  " mapping.  If set (default), this may break plugins (but it's backward
+  " compatible).
+  set nolangremap
+endif
@@ -142,6 +142,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version5.txt \
 	version6.txt \
 	version7.txt \
+	version8.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
 	visual.txt \
 	windows.txt \
@@ -275,6 +276,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	version5.html \
 	version6.html \
 	version7.html \
+	version8.html \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
 	visual.html \
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 05
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 03


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -52,9 +52,6 @@ effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 ==============================================================================
 2. Defining autocommands				*autocmd-define*

-Note: The ":autocmd" command cannot be followed by another command, since any
-'|' is considered part of the command.
-
 							*:au* *:autocmd*
 :au[tocmd] [group] {event} {pat} [nested] {cmd}
 			Add {cmd} to the list of commands that Vim will
@@ -67,6 +64,12 @@ Note: The ":autocmd" command cannot be followed by another command, since any
 The special pattern <buffer> or <buffer=N> defines a buffer-local autocommand.
 See |autocmd-buflocal|.

+Note: The ":autocmd" command can only be followed by another command when the
+'|' appears before {cmd}.  This works: >
+	:augroup mine | au! BufRead | augroup END
+But this sees "augroup" as part of the defined command: >
+	:augroup mine | au BufRead * set tw=70 | augroup END
+
 Note that special characters (e.g., "%", "<cword>") in the ":autocmd"
 arguments are not expanded when the autocommand is defined.  These will be
 expanded when the Event is recognized, and the {cmd} is executed.  The only
@@ -293,6 +296,9 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |CursorMoved|		the cursor was moved in Normal mode
 |CursorMovedI|		the cursor was moved in Insert mode

+|WinNew|		after creating a new window
+|TabNew|		after creating a new tab page
+|TabClosed|		after closing a tab page
 |WinEnter|		after entering another window
 |WinLeave|		before leaving a window
 |TabEnter|		after entering another tab page
@@ -413,8 +419,8 @@ BufUnload			Before unloading a buffer.  This is when the
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
 				buffer being unloaded "<afile>".
-				Don't change to another buffer, it will cause
-				problems.
+				Don't change to another buffer or window, it
+				will cause problems!
 				When exiting and v:dying is 2 or more this
 				event is not triggered.
 							*BufWinEnter*
@@ -539,6 +545,9 @@ CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 				versions}
 							*CursorHoldI*
 CursorHoldI			Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
+				Not triggered when waiting for another key,
+				e.g. after CTRL-V, and not when in CTRL-X mode
+				|insert_expand|.

 							*CursorMoved*
 CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
@@ -775,7 +784,9 @@ QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 				|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|, |:cscope|,
 				|:cfile|, |:cgetfile|, |:caddfile|, |:lfile|,
 				|:lgetfile|, |:laddfile|, |:helpgrep|,
-				|:lhelpgrep|).
+				|:lhelpgrep|, |:cexpr|, |:cgetexpr|,
+				|:caddexpr|, |:cbuffer|, |:cgetbuffer|,
+				|:caddbuffer|).
 				The pattern is matched against the command
 				being run.  When |:grep| is used but 'grepprg'
 				is set to "internal" it still matches "grep".
@@ -871,6 +882,8 @@ Syntax				When the 'syntax' option has been set.  The
 				where this option was set, and <amatch> for
 				the new value of 'syntax'.
 				See |:syn-on|.
+							*TabClosed*
+TabClosed			After closing a tab page.
 							*TabEnter*
 TabEnter			Just after entering a tab page. |tab-page|
 				After triggering the WinEnter and before
@@ -879,6 +892,10 @@ TabEnter			Just after entering a tab page. |tab-page|
 TabLeave			Just before leaving a tab page. |tab-page|
 				A WinLeave event will have been triggered
 				first.
+							*TabNew*
+TabNew				When a tab page was created. |tab-page|
+				A WinEnter event will have been triggered
+				first, TabEnter follows.
 							*TermChanged*
 TermChanged			After the value of 'term' has changed.  Useful
 				for re-loading the syntax file to update the
@@ -918,7 +935,15 @@ VimEnter			After doing all the startup stuff, including
 				loading .vimrc files, executing the "-c cmd"
 				arguments, creating all windows and loading
 				the buffers in them.
-							*VimLeave*
+				Just before this event is triggered the
+				|v:vim_did_enter| variable is set, so that you
+				can do: >
+				   if v:vim_did_enter
+				     call s:init()
+				   else
+ 	  			     au VimEnter * call s:init()
+				   endif
+<							*VimLeave*
 VimLeave			Before exiting Vim, just after writing the
 				.viminfo file.  Executed only once, like
 				VimLeavePre.
@@ -956,6 +981,11 @@ WinLeave			Before leaving a window.  If the window to be
 				WinLeave autocommands (but not for ":new").
 				Not used for ":qa" or ":q" when exiting Vim.

+							*WinNew*
+WinNew				When a new window was created.  Not done for
+				the fist window, when Vim has just started.
+				Before a WinEnter event.
+
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{pat}*

@@ -1037,6 +1067,9 @@ Note that for all systems the '/' character is used for path separator (even
 MS-DOS and OS/2).  This was done because the backslash is difficult to use
 in a pattern and to make the autocommands portable across different systems.

+It is possible to use |pattern| items, but they may not work as expected,
+because of the translation done for the above.
+
 							*autocmd-changes*
 Matching with the pattern is done when an event is triggered.  Changing the
 buffer name in one of the autocommands, or even deleting the buffer, does not
@@ -1135,10 +1168,12 @@ name!
 				different from existing {event} names, as this
 				most likely will not do what you intended.

-						*:augroup-delete* *E367*
+					*:augroup-delete* *E367* *W19* *E936*
 :aug[roup]! {name}		Delete the autocmd group {name}.  Don't use
 				this if there is still an autocommand using
-				this group!  This is not checked.
+				this group!  You will get a warning if doing
+				it anyway. when the group is the current group
+				you will get error E936.

 To enter autocommands for a specific group, use this method:
 1. Select the group with ":augroup {name}".
@@ -1193,6 +1228,8 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 			argument is present. You probably want to use
 			<nomodeline> for events that are not used when loading
 			a buffer, such as |User|.
+			Processing modelines is also skipped when no
+			matching autocommands were executed.

 						*:doautoa* *:doautoall*
 :doautoa[ll] [<nomodeline>] [group] {event} [fname]
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 08
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 11


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ Examples: >
  :s/abcde/abc^Mde/		 modifies "abcde"    to "abc", "de" (two lines)
  :s/$/\^M/			 modifies "abcde"    to "abcde^M"
  :s/\w\+/\u\0/g		 modifies "bla bla"  to "Bla Bla"
-  :s/\w\+/\L\u/g		 modifies "BLA bla"  to "Bla Bla"
+  :s/\w\+/\L\u\0/g		 modifies "BLA bla"  to "Bla Bla"

 Note: "\L\u" can be used to capitalize the first letter of a word.  This is
 not compatible with Vi and older versions of Vim, where the "\u" would cancel
@@ -872,6 +872,7 @@ The numbering of "\1", "\2" etc. is done based on which "\(" comes first in
 the pattern (going left to right).  When a parentheses group matches several
 times, the last one will be used for "\1", "\2", etc.  Example: >
  :s/\(\(a[a-d] \)*\)/\2/      modifies "aa ab x" to "ab x"
+The "\2" is for "\(a[a-d] \)".  At first it matches "aa ", secondly "ab ".

 When using parentheses in combination with '|', like in \([ab]\)\|\([cd]\),
 either the first or second pattern in parentheses did not match, so either
@@ -1205,7 +1206,7 @@ name '"'.  This means you have to type two double quotes.  Writing to the ""
 register writes to register "0.
 {Vi: register contents are lost when changing files, no '"'}

-2. Numbered registers "0 to "9		*quote_number* *quote0*	*quote1*
+2. Numbered registers "0 to "9		*quote_number* *quote0* *quote1*
 					*quote2* *quote3* *quote4* *quote9*
 Vim fills these registers with text from yank and delete commands.
   Numbered register 0 contains the text from the most recent yank command,
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 15
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,13 +6,9 @@

 		      Inter-process communication		*channel*

-DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT  DRAFT
-
 Vim uses channels to communicate with other processes.
-A channel uses a socket or pipes			*socket-interface*
+A channel uses a socket or pipes.			*socket-interface*
 Jobs can be used to start processes and communicate with them.
-
-Vim current supports up to 10 simultaneous channels.
 The Netbeans interface also uses a channel. |netbeans|

 1. Overview				|job-channel-overview|
@@ -29,7 +25,9 @@ The Netbeans interface also uses a channel. |netbeans|

 {Vi does not have any of these features}
 {only when compiled with the |+channel| feature for channel stuff}
+	You can check this with: `has('channel')`
 {only when compiled with the |+job| feature for job stuff}
+	You can check this with: `has('job')`

 ==============================================================================
 1. Overview						*job-channel-overview*
@@ -58,10 +56,10 @@ Common combination are:
 - Using a job connected through pipes in NL mode.  E.g., to run a style
  checker and receive errors and warnings.
 - Using a deamon, connecting over a socket in JSON mode.  E.g. to lookup
-  crosss-refrences in a database.
+  cross-references in a database.

 ==============================================================================
-2. Channel demo						*channel-demo*
+2. Channel demo				*channel-demo* *demoserver.py*

 This requires Python.  The demo program can be found in
 $VIMRUNTIME/tools/demoserver.py
@@ -120,24 +118,13 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.

 {address} has the form "hostname:port".  E.g., "localhost:8765".

-{options} is a dictionary with optional entries:
+{options} is a dictionary with optional entries:	*channel-open-options*

 "mode" can be:						*channel-mode*
 	"json" - Use JSON, see below; most convenient way. Default.
 	"js"   - Use JS (JavaScript) encoding, more efficient than JSON.
 	"nl"   - Use messages that end in a NL character
 	"raw"  - Use raw messages
-						*in_mode* *out_mode* *err_mode*
-"in_mode"	mode specifically for stdin, only when using pipes
-"out_mode"	mode specifically for stdout, only when using pipes
-"err_mode"	mode specifically for stderr, only when using pipes
-		Note: when setting "mode" the part specific mode is
-		overwritten.  Therefore set "mode" first and the part specific
-		mode later.
-
-		Note: when writing to a file or buffer and when reading from a
-		buffer NL mode is used by default.
-
 						*channel-callback* *E921*
 "callback"	A function that is called when a message is received that is
 		not handled otherwise.  It gets two arguments: the channel
@@ -155,21 +142,21 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
 		as a string.

 		For all callbacks: Use |function()| to bind it to arguments
-		and/or a dictionary.
-							*out_cb*
-"out_cb"	A function like "callback" but used for stdout.  Only for when
-		the channel uses pipes.  When "out_cb" wasn't set the channel
-		callback is used.
-							*err_cb*
-"err_cb"	A function like "callback" but used for stderr.  Only for when
-		the channel uses pipes.  When "err_cb" wasn't set the channel
-		callback is used.
+		and/or a Dictionary.  Or use the form "dict.function" to bind
+		the Dictionary.
+
+		Callbacks are only called at a "safe" moment, usually when Vim
+		is waiting for the user to type a character.  Vim does not use
+		multi-threading.

 							*close_cb*
 "close_cb"	A function that is called when the channel gets closed, other
 		than by calling ch_close().  It should be defined like this: >
 	func MyCloseHandler(channel)
-<							*waittime*
+<		Vim will invoke callbacks that handle data before invoking
+		close_cb, thus when this function is called no more data will
+		be received.
+							*waittime*
 "waittime"	The time to wait for the connection to be made in
 		milliseconds.  A negative number waits forever.

@@ -178,16 +165,10 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
 		actually uses a 1 msec timeout, that is required on many
 		systems.  Use a larger value for a remote server, e.g.  10
 		msec at least.
-
+							*channel-timeout*
 "timeout"	The time to wait for a request when blocking, E.g. when using
 		ch_evalexpr().  In milliseconds.  The default is 2000 (2
 		seconds).
-						*out_timeout* *err_timeout*
-"out_timeout"	Timeout for stdout.  Only when using pipes.
-"err_timeout"	Timeout for stderr.  Only when using pipes.
-		Note: when setting "timeout" the part specific mode is
-		overwritten.  Therefore set "timeout" first and the part
-		specific mode later.

 When "mode" is "json" or "js" the "callback" is optional.  When omitted it is
 only possible to receive a message after sending one.
@@ -215,13 +196,20 @@ pipes are used (stdin/stdout/stderr) they are all closed.  This might not be
 what you want!  Stopping the job with job_stop() might be better.
 All readahead is discarded, callbacks will no longer be invoked.

+Note that a channel is closed in three stages:
+  - The I/O ends, log message: "Closing channel". There can still be queued
+    messages to read or callbacks to invoke.
+  - The readahead is cleared, log message: "Clearing channel".  Some variables
+    may still reference the channel.
+  - The channel is freed, log message: "Freeing channel".
+
 When the channel can't be opened you will get an error message.  There is a
 difference between MS-Windows and Unix: On Unix when the port doesn't exist
 ch_open() fails quickly.  On MS-Windows "waittime" applies.
-*E898* *E899* *E900* *E901* *E902*
+*E898* *E901* *E902*

 If there is an error reading or writing a channel it will be closed.
-*E896* *E630* *E631* 
+*E630* *E631* 

 ==============================================================================
 4. Using a JSON or JS channel					*channel-use*
@@ -261,9 +249,15 @@ In which {number} is different every time.  It must be used in the response
 This way Vim knows which sent message matches with which received message and
 can call the right handler.  Also when the messages arrive out of order.

+A newline character is terminating the JSON text.  This can be used to
+separate the read text.  For example, in Python:
+	splitidx = read_text.find('\n')
+	message = read_text[:splitidx]
+	rest = read_text[splitidx + 1:]
+
 The sender must always send valid JSON to Vim.  Vim can check for the end of
 the message by parsing the JSON.  It will only accept the message if the end
-was received.
+was received.  A newline after the message is optional.

 When the process wants to send a message to Vim without first receiving a
 message, it must use the number zero:
@@ -272,10 +266,6 @@ message, it must use the number zero:
 Then channel handler will then get {response} converted to Vim types.  If the
 channel does not have a handler the message is dropped.

-On read error or ch_close(), when using a socket with RAW or NL mode, the
-string "DETACH\n" is sent, if still possible.  The channel will then be
-inactive.
-
 It is also possible to use ch_sendraw() and ch_evalraw() on a JSON or JS
 channel.  The caller is then completely responsible for correct encoding and
 decoding.
@@ -326,6 +316,9 @@ completion or error.  You could use functions in an |autoload| script:

 You can also use "call |feedkeys()|" to insert any key sequence.

+When there is an error a message is written to the channel log, if it exists,
+and v:errmsg is set to the error.
+

 Command "normal" ~

@@ -404,6 +397,9 @@ This {string} can also be JSON, use |json_encode()| to create it and

 It is not possible to use |ch_evalexpr()| or |ch_sendexpr()| on a raw channel.

+A String in Vim cannot contain NUL bytes.  To send or receive NUL bytes read
+or write from a buffer.  See |in_io-buffer| and |out_io-buffer|.
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. More channel functions				*channel-more*

@@ -411,6 +407,7 @@ To obtain the status of a channel: ch_status(channel).  The possible results
 are:
 	"fail"		Failed to open the channel.
 	"open"		The channel can be used.
+	"buffered"	The channel was closed but there is data to read.
 	"closed"	The channel was closed.

 To obtain the job associated with a channel: ch_getjob(channel)
@@ -428,6 +425,23 @@ To read all output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 To read the error output: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel, {"part": "err"})

+ch_read() and ch_readraw() use the channel timeout.  When there is nothing to
+read within that time an empty string is returned.  To specify a different
+timeout in msec use the "timeout" option:
+	{"timeout": 123} ~
+To read from the error output use the "part" option:
+	{"part": "err"} ~
+To read a message with a specific ID, on a JS or JSON channel:
+	{"id": 99} ~
+When no ID is specified or the ID is -1, the first message is returned. This
+overrules any callback waiting for this message.
+
+For a RAW channel this returns whatever is available, since Vim does not know
+where a message ends.
+For a NL channel this returns one message.
+For a JS or JSON channel this returns one decoded message.
+This includes any sequence number.
+
 ==============================================================================
 8. Starting a job with a channel			*job-start* *job*

@@ -449,7 +463,7 @@ it like this: >
    func MyHandler(channel, msg)

 Without the handler you need to read the output with |ch_read()| or
-|ch_readraw()|.
+|ch_readraw()|. You can do this in the close callback, see |read-in-close-cb|.

 The handler defined for "out_cb" will not receive stderr.  If you want to
 handle that separately, add an "err_cb" handler: >
@@ -471,7 +485,7 @@ For example, to start a job and write its output in buffer "dummy": >


 Job input from a buffer ~
-
+							*in_io-buffer*
 To run a job that reads from a buffer: >
 	let job = job_start({command},
 	    \ {'in_io': 'buffer', 'in_name': 'mybuffer'})
@@ -487,6 +501,28 @@ A special mode is when "in_top" is set to zero and "in_bot" is not set: Every
 time a line is added to the buffer, the last-but-one line will be send to the
 job stdin.  This allows for editing the last line and sending it when pressing
 Enter.
+							*channel-close-in*
+When not using the special mode the pipe or socket will be closed after the
+last line has been written.  This signals the reading end that the input
+finished.  You can also use |ch_close_in()| to close it sooner.
+
+NUL bytes in the text will be passed to the job (internally Vim stores these
+as NL bytes).
+
+
+Reading job output in the close callback ~
+							*read-in-close-cb*
+If the job can take some time and you don't need intermediate results, you can
+add a close callback and read the output there: >
+
+	func! CloseHandler(channel)
+	  while ch_status(a:channel) == 'buffered'
+	    echomsg ch_read(a:channel)
+	  endwhile
+	endfunc
+	let job = job_start(command, {'close_cb': 'CloseHandler'})
+
+You will want to do something more useful than "echomsg".

 ==============================================================================
 9. Starting a job without a channel			*job-start-nochannel*
@@ -524,24 +560,55 @@ job_setoptions(job, {options}).  Many options can be used with the channel
 related to the job, using ch_setoptions(channel, {options}).
 See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.

+						*in_mode* *out_mode* *err_mode*
+"in_mode"		mode specifically for stdin, only when using pipes
+"out_mode"		mode specifically for stdout, only when using pipes
+"err_mode"		mode specifically for stderr, only when using pipes
+			See |channel-mode| for the values.
+
+			Note: when setting "mode" the part specific mode is
+			overwritten.  Therefore set "mode" first and the part
+			specific mode later.
+
+			Note: when writing to a file or buffer and when
+			reading from a buffer NL mode is used by default.
+
 						*job-callback*
 "callback": handler	Callback for something to read on any part of the
 			channel.
-						*job-out_cb*
+						*job-out_cb* *out_cb*
 "out_cb": handler	Callback for when there is something to read on
-			stdout.
-						*job-err_cb*
+			stdout.  Only for when the channel uses pipes.  When
+			"out_cb" wasn't set the channel callback is used.
+			The two arguments are the channel and the message.
+
+						*job-err_cb* *err_cb*
 "err_cb": handler	Callback for when there is something to read on
-			stderr.
+			stderr.  Only for when the channel uses pipes.  When
+			"err_cb" wasn't set the channel callback is used.
+			The two arguments are the channel and the message.
 						*job-close_cb*
 "close_cb": handler	Callback for when the channel is closed.  Same as
-			"close_cb" on ch_open().
+			"close_cb" on |ch_open()|, see |close_cb|.
 						*job-exit_cb*
 "exit_cb": handler	Callback for when the job ends.  The arguments are the
 			job and the exit status.
 			Vim checks about every 10 seconds for jobs that ended.
-			The callback can also be triggered by calling
-			|job_status()|.
+			The check also be triggered by calling |job_status()|,
+			which may then invoke the exit_cb handler.
+			Note that data can be buffered, callbacks may still be
+			called after the process ends.
+							*job-timeout*
+"timeout"		The time to wait for a request when blocking, E.g.
+			when using ch_evalexpr().  In milliseconds.  The
+			default is 2000 (2 seconds).
+						*out_timeout* *err_timeout*
+"out_timeout"		Timeout for stdout.  Only when using pipes.
+"err_timeout"		Timeout for stderr.  Only when using pipes.
+			Note: when setting "timeout" the part specific mode is
+			overwritten.  Therefore set "timeout" first and the
+			part specific mode later.
+
 						*job-stoponexit*
 "stoponexit": {signal}	Send {signal} to the job when Vim exits.  See
 			|job_stop()| for possible values.
@@ -574,22 +641,33 @@ See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.
 "out_io": "null"	disconnect stdout (goes to /dev/null)
 "out_io": "pipe"	stdout is connected to the channel (default)
 "out_io": "file"	stdout writes to a file
-"out_io": "buffer" 	stdout appends to a buffer
+"out_io": "buffer" 	stdout appends to a buffer (see below)
 "out_name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
 "out_buf": number	the number of the buffer to write to
+"out_modifiable": 0	when writing to a buffer, 'modifiable' will be off
+			(see below)
+"out_msg": 0		when writing to a new buffer, the first line will be
+			set to "Reading from channel output..."

 				*job-err_io* *err_name* *err_buf*
 "err_io": "out"		stderr messages to go to stdout
 "err_io": "null"	disconnect stderr  (goes to /dev/null)
 "err_io": "pipe"	stderr is connected to the channel (default)
 "err_io": "file"	stderr writes to a file
-"err_io": "buffer" 	stderr appends to a buffer
+"err_io": "buffer" 	stderr appends to a buffer (see below)
 "err_name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
 "err_buf": number	the number of the buffer to write to
+"err_modifiable": 0	when writing to a buffer, 'modifiable' will be off
+			(see below)
+"err_msg": 0		when writing to a new buffer, the first line will be
+			set to "Reading from channel error..."
+
+"block_write": number	only for testing: pretend every other write to stdin
+			will block


 Writing to a buffer ~
-
+							*out_io-buffer*
 When the out_io or err_io mode is "buffer" and there is a callback, the text
 is appended to the buffer before invoking the callback.

@@ -601,19 +679,41 @@ When using JS or JSON mode with "buffer", only messages with zero or negative
 ID will be added to the buffer, after decoding + encoding.  Messages with a
 positive number will be handled by a callback, commands are handled as usual.

-The name of the buffer is compared the full name of existing buffers.  If
-there is a match that buffer is used.  Otherwise a new buffer is created.
-Use an empty name to always create a new buffer.  |ch_getbufnr()| can then be
-used to get the buffer number.
+The name of the buffer from "out_name" or "err_name" is compared the full name
+of existing buffers, also after expanding the name for the current directory.
+E.g., when a buffer was created with ":edit somename" and the buffer name is
+"somename" it will use that buffer.
+
+If there is no matching buffer a new buffer is created.  Use an empty name to
+always create a new buffer.  |ch_getbufnr()| can then be used to get the
+buffer number.

 For a new buffer 'buftype' is set to "nofile" and 'bufhidden' to "hide".  If
 you prefer other settings, create the buffer first and pass the buffer number.
+					*out_modifiable* *err_modifiable*
+The "out_modifiable" and "err_modifiable" options can be used to set the
+'modifiable' option off, or write to a buffer that has 'modifiable' off.  That
+means that lines will be appended to the buffer, but the user can't easily
+change the buffer.
+					*out_msg* *err_msg*
+The "out_msg" option can be used to specify whether a new buffer will have the
+first line set to "Reading from channel output...".  The default is to add the
+message.  "err_msg" does the same for channel error.
+
+'modifiable' option off, or write to a buffer that has 'modifiable' off.  That
+means that lines will be appended to the buffer, but the user can't easily
+change the buffer.
+
+When an existing buffer is to be written where 'modifiable' is off and the
+"out_modifiable" or "err_modifiable" options is not zero, an error is given
+and the buffer will not be written to.

 When the buffer written to is displayed in a window and the cursor is in the
 first column of the last line, the cursor will be moved to the newly added
 line and the window is scrolled up to show the cursor if needed.

-Undo is synced for every added line.
+Undo is synced for every added line.  NUL bytes are accepted (internally Vim
+stores these as NL bytes).


 Writing to a file ~
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 17
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 27


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -423,12 +423,26 @@ CTRL-L		A match is done on the pattern in front of the cursor.  If
 		If there are multiple matches the longest common part is
 		inserted in place of the pattern.  If the result is shorter
 		than the pattern, no completion is done.
+							*/_CTRL-L*
 		When 'incsearch' is set, entering a search pattern for "/" or
 		"?" and the current match is displayed then CTRL-L will add
 		one character from the end of the current match.  If
 		'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' are set and the command line has
 		no uppercase characters, the added character is converted to
 		lowercase.
+	                                            *c_CTRL-G* */_CTRL-G*
+CTRL-G		When 'incsearch' is set, entering a search pattern for "/" or
+		"?" and the current match is displayed then CTRL-G will move
+		to the next match (does not take |search-offset| into account)
+		Use CTRL-T to move to the previous match.  Hint: on a regular
+		keyboard T is above G.
+	                                            *c_CTRL-T* */_CTRL-T*
+CTRL-T		When 'incsearch' is set, entering a search pattern for "/" or
+		"?" and the current match is displayed then CTRL-T will move
+		to the previous match (does not take |search-offset| into
+		account).
+		Use CTRL-G to move to the next match.  Hint: on a regular
+		keyboard T is above G.

 The 'wildchar' option defaults to <Tab> (CTRL-E when in Vi compatible mode; in
 a previous version <Esc> was used).  In the pattern standard wildcards '*' and
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 01
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 24


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar


 				*diff* *vimdiff* *gvimdiff* *diff-mode*
-This file describes the |+diff| feature: Showing differences between two,
-three or four versions of the same file.
+This file describes the |+diff| feature: Showing differences between two to
+eight versions of the same file.

 The basics are explained in section |08.7| of the user manual.

@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ To make these commands use a vertical split, prepend |:vertical|.  Examples: >
 If you always prefer a vertical split include "vertical" in 'diffopt'.

 							*E96*
-There can be up to four buffers with 'diff' set.
+There can be up to eight buffers with 'diff' set.

 Since the option values are remembered with the buffer, you can edit another
 file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 16
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ These are the common ones:
 To avoid the special meaning of the wildcards prepend a backslash.  However,
 on MS-Windows the backslash is a path separator and "path\[abc]" is still seen
 as a wildcard when "[" is in the 'isfname' option.  A simple way to avoid this
-is to use "path\[[]abc]".  Then the file "path[abc]" literally.
+is to use "path\[[]abc]", this matches the file "path\[abc]".

 					*starstar-wildcard*
 Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, Mac OS/X and a few other systems.
@@ -1114,10 +1114,12 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			edited.  See |:confirm| and 'confirm'.  {not in Vi}

 :q[uit]!		Quit without writing, also when the current buffer has
-			changes.  If this is the last window and there is a
-			modified hidden buffer, the current buffer is
-			abandoned and the first changed hidden buffer becomes
-			the current buffer.
+			changes.  The buffer is unloaded, also when it has
+			'hidden' set.
+			If this is the last window and there is a modified
+			hidden buffer, the current buffer is abandoned and the
+			first changed hidden buffer becomes the current
+			buffer.
 			Use ":qall!" to exit always.

 :cq[uit]		Quit always, without writing, and return an error
@@ -1221,7 +1223,7 @@ Examples: >

 If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.

-			*:browse* *:bro* *E338* *E614* *E615* *E616* *E578*
+			*:browse* *:bro* *E338* *E614* *E615* *E616*
 :bro[wse] {command}	Open a file selection dialog for an argument to
 			{command}.  At present this works for |:e|, |:w|,
 			|:wall|, |:wq|, |:wqall|, |:x|, |:xall|, |:exit|,
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 06
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 09


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -579,12 +579,56 @@ CTRL-]		Jump to the manual page for the word under the cursor.
 CTRL-T		Jump back to the previous manual page.
 q		Same as ":quit"

+To use a vertical split instead of horizontal: >
+	let g:ft_man_open_mode = 'vert'
+To use a new tab: >
+	let g:ft_man_open_mode = 'tab'
+
 To enable folding use this: >
  	let g:ft_man_folding_enable = 1
 If you do not like the default folding, use an autocommand to add your desired
 folding style instead.  For example: >
        autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable

+You may also want to set 'keywordprg' to make the |K| command open a manual
+page in a Vim window: >
+	set keywordprg=:Man
+
+
+MANPAGER				      *manpager.vim*
+
+The :Man command allows you to turn Vim into a manpager (that syntax highlights
+manpages and follows linked manpages on hitting CTRL-]).
+
+Works on:
+
+  - Linux
+  - Mac OS
+  - FreeBSD
+  - Cygwin
+  - Win 10 under Bash
+
+Untested:
+
+  - Amiga OS
+  - BeOS
+  - OS/2
+
+For bash,zsh,ksh or dash by adding to the config file (.bashrc,.zshrc, ...)
+
+	export MANPAGER="env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
+
+For (t)csh by adding to the config file
+
+	setenv MANPAGER "env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
+
+For fish by adding to the config file
+
+	set -x MANPAGER "env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
+
+If man sets the $MAN_PN environment variable, like man-db, the most common
+implementation on Linux and Mac OS, then the "env MAN_PN=1 " part above is
+superfluous.

 PDF							*ft-pdf-plugin*

@@ -600,6 +644,17 @@ These maps can be disabled with >
 	:let g:no_pdf_maps = 1
 <

+PYTHON						*ft-python-plugin* *PEP8*
+
+By default the following options are set, in accordance with PEP8: >
+
+	setlocal expandtab shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 tabstop=8
+
+To disable this behaviour, set the following variable in your vimrc: >
+	
+	let g:python_recommended_style = 0
+
+
 RPM SPEC						*ft-spec-plugin*

 Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ to your .gvimrc file to revert back to the default Vim tab label.
 							*macvim-options*
 These are the non-standard options that MacVim supports:
 	'antialias'	'blurradius'	'fullscreen'
-	'fuoptions'	'macligatures'	'macmeta'	'toolbariconsize'
-	'transparency'
+	'fuoptions'	'macligatures'	'macmeta'	'macthinstrokes'
+	'toolbariconsize'	'transparency'

 							*macvim-commands*
 These are the non-standard commands that MacVim supports:
@@ -256,6 +256,7 @@ Here is a list of relevant dictionary entries:
 KEY				VALUE ~
 MMCellWidthMultiplier		width of a normal glyph in em units [float]
 MMDialogsTrackPwd		open/save dialogs track the Vim pwd [bool]
+MMFullScreenFadeTime		fade delay for non-native fullscreen [float]
 MMLoginShellArgument		login shell parameter [string]
 MMLoginShellCommand		which shell to use to launch Vim [string]
 MMNoFontSubstitution		disable automatic font substitution [bool]
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 08
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ If a name is used that exists on other systems, but not in X11, the default
 "arrow" pointer is used.

 ==============================================================================
-5. GTK version						*gui-gtk* *GTK+* *GTK*
+5. GTK version					*gui-gtk* *GTK+* *GTK* *GTK3*

 The GTK version of the GUI works a little bit different.

@@ -430,6 +430,9 @@ These are the different looks:
 GNOME is compiled with if it was found by configure and the
 --enable-gnome-check argument was used.

+Note: Avoid use of --enable-gnome-check with GTK+ 3 GUI build.  The
+functionality mentioned above is consolidated in GTK+ 3.
+

 GNOME session support			*gui-gnome-session* *gnome-session*

@@ -466,20 +469,37 @@ continues on Yzis: https://github.com/chrizel/Yzis.
 ==============================================================================
 8. Compiling						*gui-x11-compiling*

-If using X11, Vim's Makefile will by default first try to find the necessary
-GTK+ files on your system.  If the GTK+ files cannot be found, then the Motif
-files will be searched for.  Finally, if this fails, the Athena files will be
-searched for.  If all three fail, the GUI will be disabled.
+If using X11, Vim's configure will by default first try to find the necessary
+GTK+ files on your system.  When both GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3 are available, GTK+ 2
+will be chosen unless --enable-gui=gtk3 is passed explicitly to configure.

-For GTK+, Vim's configuration process requires that GTK+ be properly
-installed.  That is, the shell script 'gtk-config' must be in your PATH, and
-you can already successful compile, build, and execute a GTK+ program.  The
-reason for this is that the compiler flags (CFLAGS) and link flags (LDFLAGS)
-are obtained through the 'gtk-config' shell script.
+If the GTK+ files cannot be found, then the Motif files will be searched for.
+Finally, if this fails, the Athena files will be searched for.  If all three
+fail, the GUI will be disabled.

-If you want to build with GTK+ 2 support pass the --enable-gtk2-check argument
-to ./configure.  Optionally, support for GNOME 2 will be compiled if the
--enable-gnome-check option is also given.
+For GTK+, Vim's configuration process uses pkg-config(1) to check if the
+GTK+ required for a specified build is properly installed and usable.
+Accordingly, it is a good idea to make sure before running configure that
+your system has a working pkg-config together with the .pc file of the
+required GTK+.  For that, say, run the following on the command line to see if
+your pkg-config works with your GTK+ 2: >
+
+    $ pkgconfig --modversion gtk+-2.0
+
+Replace gtk+-2.0 with gtk+-3.0 for GTK+ 3. If you get the correct version
+number of your GTK+, you can proceed; if not, you probably need to do some
+system administration chores to set up pkg-config and GTK+ correctly.
+
+The GTK+ 2 GUI is built by default.  Therefore, you usually don't need to pass
+any options such as --enable-gui=gtk2 to configure and build that.
+
+Optionally, the GTK+ 2 GUI can consolidate the GNOME 2 support.  This support
+is enabled by passing --enable-gnome-check to configure.
+
+If you want to build the GTK+ 3 GUI, you have to pass --enable-gui=gtk3
+explicitly to configure, and avoid passing --enable-gnome-check to that, as
+the functionality of the GNOME 2 support has already been consolidated in
+GTK+ 3.

 Otherwise, if you are using Motif or Athena, when you have the Motif or Athena
 files in a directory where configure doesn't look, edit the Makefile to enter
@@ -487,18 +507,14 @@ the names of the directories.  Search for "GUI_INC_LOC" for an example to set
 the Motif directories, "CONF_OPT_X" for Athena.

 							*gui-x11-gtk*
-At the time of this writing, GTK+ version 1.0.6 and 1.2 are outdated.  It
-is suggested that you use GTK 2.  The GTK 1 support will most likely be
-dropped soon.
+Currently, Vim supports both GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3.

-For the GTK+ 2 GUI, using the latest release of the GTK+ 2.0 or GTK+ 2.2
-series is recommended.
+The GTK+ 2 GUI requires GTK+ 2.2 or later.

-Lastly, although GTK+ has supposedly been ported to the Win32 platform, this
-has not been tested with Vim and is also unsupported.  Also, it's unlikely to
-even compile since GTK+ GUI uses parts of the generic X11 code.  This might
-change in distant future; particularly because getting rid of the X11 centric
-code parts is also required for GTK+ framebuffer support.
+Although the GTK+ 3 GUI is written in such a way that the source code can be
+compiled against all versions of the 3.x series, we recommend GTK+ 3.10 or
+later because of its substantial implementation changes in redraw done at
+that version.

 							*gui-x11-motif*
 For Motif, you need at least Motif version 1.2 and/or X11R5.  Motif 2.0 and
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 31

 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -179,6 +179,7 @@ Versions ~
 |version5.txt|	Differences between Vim version 4.6 and 5.x
 |version6.txt|	Differences between Vim version 5.7 and 6.x
 |version7.txt|	Differences between Vim version 6.4 and 7.x
+|version8.txt|	Differences between Vim version 7.4 and 8.x
 						*sys-file-list*
 Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_390.txt|	OS/390 Unix
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 12
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 01


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -208,9 +208,11 @@ command: >
 			sorted.
 			When there are duplicates an error message is given.
 			An existing tags file is silently overwritten.
+
 			The optional "++t" argument forces adding the
 			"help-tags" tag.  This is also done when the {dir} is
 			equal to $VIMRUNTIME/doc.
+
 			To rebuild the help tags in the runtime directory
 			(requires write permission there): >
 				:helptags $VIMRUNTIME/doc
@@ -261,7 +263,9 @@ The second one finds the English user manual, even when 'helplang' is set to

 When using command-line completion for the ":help" command, the "@en"
 extension is only shown when a tag exists for multiple languages.  When the
-tag only exists for English "@en" is omitted.
+tag only exists for English "@en" is omitted.  When the first candidate has an
+"@ab" extension and it matches the first language in 'helplang' "@ab" is also
+omitted.

 When using |CTRL-]| or ":help!" in a non-English help file Vim will try to
 find the tag in the same language.  If not found then 'helplang' will be used
@@ -318,6 +322,10 @@ aligned on a line.
 When referring to an existing help tag and to create a hot-link, place the
 name between two bars (|) eg. |help-writing|.

+When referring to a Vim command and to create a hot-link, place the
+name between two backticks, eg. inside `:filetype`.  You will see this is
+highlighted as a command, like a code block (see below).
+
 When referring to a Vim option in the help file, place the option name between
 two single quotes, eg. 'statusline'

@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ command does the same and also splits the window (short: "scs").

 The available subcommands are:

-			*E563* *E564* *E566* *E568* *E569* *E622* *E623*
-			*E625* *E626* *E609*
+			*E563* *E564* *E566* *E568* *E622* *E623* *E625*
+			*E626* *E609*
    add   : Add a new cscope database/connection.

 	USAGE	:cs add {file|dir} [pre-path] [flags]
@@ -129,6 +129,7 @@ The available subcommands are:
 		6 or e: Find this egrep pattern
 		7 or f: Find this file
 		8 or i: Find files #including this file
+		9 or a: Find places where this symbol is assigned a value

 	For all types, except 4 and 6, leading white space for {name} is
 	removed.  For 4 and 6 there is exactly one space between {querytype}
@@ -255,13 +256,13 @@ started will have no effect!
 {not available when compiled without the |+quickfix| feature}
 'cscopequickfix' specifies whether to use quickfix window to show cscope
 results.  This is a list of comma-separated values. Each item consists of
-|cscope-find| command (s, g, d, c, t, e, f or i) and flag (+, - or 0).
+|cscope-find| command (s, g, d, c, t, e, f, i or a) and flag (+, - or 0).
 '+' indicates that results must be appended to quickfix window,
 '-' implies previous results clearance, '0' or command absence - don't use
 quickfix.  Search is performed from start until first command occurrence.
 The default value is "" (don't use quickfix anyway).  The following value
 seems to be useful: >
-	:set cscopequickfix=s-,c-,d-,i-,t-,e-
+	:set cscopequickfix=s-,c-,d-,i-,t-,e-,a-
 <
 							*cscopetag* *cst*
 If 'cscopetag' is set, the commands ":tag" and CTRL-] as well as "vim -t"
@@ -422,6 +423,7 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
 	nmap <C-_>f :cs find f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
 	nmap <C-_>i :cs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
 	nmap <C-_>d :cs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+	nmap <C-_>a :cs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>

 	" Using 'CTRL-spacebar' then a search type makes the vim window
 	" split horizontally, with search result displayed in
@@ -435,6 +437,7 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
 	nmap <C-Space>f :scs find f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
 	nmap <C-Space>i :scs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
 	nmap <C-Space>d :scs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+	nmap <C-Space>a :scs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>

 	" Hitting CTRL-space *twice* before the search type does a vertical
 	" split instead of a horizontal one
@@ -453,6 +456,8 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
 		\:vert scs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
 	nmap <C-Space><C-Space>d
 		\:vert scs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+	nmap <C-Space><C-Space>a
+		\:vert scs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>

 ==============================================================================
 7. Cscope availability and information			*cscope-info*
@@ -59,6 +59,12 @@ Example:
 	EOF
 	endfunction
 <
+To see what version of Lua you have: >
+	:lua print(_VERSION)
+
+If you use LuaJIT you can also use this: >
+	:lua print(jit.version)
+<

 							*:luado*
 :[range]luado {body}	Execute Lua function "function (line, linenr) {body}
@@ -97,6 +97,9 @@ procedures is restricted.
 	:mzscheme (require (prefix vim- vimext)) ; for MzScheme < 4.x
 	:mzscheme (require (prefix-in vim- 'vimext)) ; MzScheme 4.x
 	:mzscheme (vim-set-buff-line 10 "This is line #10")
+
+To see what version of MzScheme you have: >
+	:mzscheme (display (version))
 <
 Inline script usage: >
 	function! <SID>SetFirstLine()
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@ Example vim script: >
 	EOF
 	endfunction
 <
+To see what version of Perl you have: >
+	:perl print $^V
+<

 							*:perldo* *:perld*
 :[range]perld[o] {cmd}	Execute Perl command {cmd} for each line in the
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 10
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 01


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -56,7 +56,11 @@ Example: >
 			print 'EAT ME'
 	EOF
 	endfunction
-<
+
+To see what version of Python you have: >
+	:python import sys
+	:python print(sys.version)
+
 Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Make sure the "class" line
 and "EOF" do not have any indent.

@@ -653,10 +657,37 @@ vim.List object					*python-List*
        class List(vim.List):		# Subclassing

 vim.Function object				*python-Function*
-    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Supports `.name` 
-    attribute and is callable. Accepts special keyword argument `self`, see 
-    |Dictionary-function|. You can also use `vim.Function(name)` constructor, 
-    it is the same as `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
+    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special 
+    keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use 
+    `vim.Function(name)` constructor, it is the same as 
+    `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
+
+    Attributes (read-only):
+        Attribute    Description ~
+        name         Function name.
+        args         `None` or a |python-List| object with arguments.  Note 
+                     that this is a copy of the arguments list, constructed 
+                     each time you request this attribute. Modifications made 
+                     to the list will be ignored (but not to the containers 
+                     inside argument list: this is like |copy()| and not 
+                     |deepcopy()|).
+        self         `None` or a |python-Dictionary| object with self 
+                     dictionary. Note that explicit `self` keyword used when 
+                     calling resulting object overrides this attribute.
+        auto_rebind  Boolean. True if partial created from this Python object 
+                     and stored in the VimL dictionary should be automatically 
+                     rebound to the dictionary it is stored in when this 
+                     dictionary is indexed. Exposes Vim internal difference 
+                     between `dict.func` (auto_rebind=True) and 
+                     `function(dict.func,dict)` (auto_rebind=False). This 
+                     attribute makes no sense if `self` attribute is `None`.
+
+    Constructor additionally accepts `args`, `self` and `auto_rebind` 
+    keywords.  If `args` and/or `self` argument is given then it constructs 
+    a partial, see |function()|.  `auto_rebind` is only used when `self` 
+    argument is given, otherwise it is assumed to be `True` regardless of 
+    whether it was given or not.  If `self` is given then it defaults to 
+    `False`.

    Examples: >
        f = vim.Function('tr')			# Constructor
@@ -670,6 +701,11 @@ vim.Function object				*python-Function*
        print f(self={})			# Like call('DictFun', [], {})
        print isinstance(f, vim.Function)	# True

+        p = vim.Function('DictFun', self={})
+        print f()
+        p = vim.Function('tr', args=['abc', 'a'])
+        print f('b')
+
 ==============================================================================
 8. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*

@@ -713,8 +749,12 @@ The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A simple check
 if the `:py3` command is working: >
 	:py3 print("Hello")
 <							*:py3file*
+To see what version of Python you have: >
+	:py3 import sys
+	:py3 print(sys.version)
+
 The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
-							*:py3do* *E863*
+							*:py3do*
 The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.


@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 03
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 01


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -58,6 +58,9 @@ Example Vim script: >
 	EOF
 	endfunction
 <
+To see what version of Ruby you have: >
+	:ruby print RUBY_VERSION
+<

 						*:rubydo* *:rubyd* *E265*
 :[range]rubyd[o] {cmd}	Evaluate Ruby command {cmd} for each line in the
@@ -205,7 +208,7 @@ MS-Windows ~
 You need to install the right version of Ruby for this to work.  You can find
 the package to download from:
 http://www.garbagecollect.jp/ruby/mswin32/en/download/release.html
-Currently that is ruby-1.9.1-p429-i386-mswin32.zip
+Currently that is ruby-1.9.2-p136-i386-mswin32.zip

 To use the Ruby interface the Ruby DLL must be in your search path.  In a
 console window type "path" to see what directories are used.  The 'rubydll'
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ The Tcl Interface to Vim				*tcl* *Tcl* *TCL*
 8. Examples				|tcl-examples|
 9. Dynamic loading			|tcl-dynamic|

-{Vi does not have any of these commands} *E280* *E281*
+{Vi does not have any of these commands} *E280*

 The Tcl interface only works when Vim was compiled with the |+tcl| feature.

@@ -54,6 +54,9 @@ Example: >
 	EOF
 	endfunction
 <
+To see what version of Tcl you have: >
+	:tcl puts [info patchlevel]
+<

 							*:tcldo* *:tcld*
 :[range]tcld[o] {cmd}	Execute Tcl command {cmd} for each line in [range]
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ PHP indenting can be altered in several ways by modifying the values of some
 global variables:

 					*php-comment* *PHP_autoformatcomment*
-To not enable auto-formating of comments by default (if you want to use your
+To not enable auto-formatting of comments by default (if you want to use your
 own 'formatoptions'): >
    :let g:PHP_autoformatcomment = 0

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 12
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 27


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_CTRL-G_k|	CTRL-G k	line up, to column where inserting started
 |i_CTRL-G_k|	CTRL-G <Up>	line up, to column where inserting started
 |i_CTRL-G_u|	CTRL-G u	start new undoable edit
+|i_CTRL-G_U|	CTRL-G U	don't break undo with next cursor movement
 |i_<BS>|	<BS>		delete character before the cursor
 |i_digraph|	{char1}<BS>{char2}
 				enter digraph (only when 'digraph' option set)
@@ -859,6 +860,7 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 |v_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   stop Visual mode
 |v_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|v_CTRL-A|	CTRL-A		2  add N to number in highlighted text
 |v_CTRL-C|	CTRL-C		   stop Visual mode
 |v_CTRL-G|	CTRL-G		   toggle between Visual mode and Select mode
 |v_<BS>|	<BS>		2  Select mode: delete highlighted area
@@ -867,6 +869,7 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 				   command
 |v_CTRL-V|	CTRL-V		   make Visual mode blockwise or stop Visual
 				   mode
+|v_CTRL-X|	CTRL-X		2  subtract N from number in highlighted text
 |v_<Esc>|	<Esc>		   stop Visual mode
 |v_CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		   jump to highlighted tag
 |v_!|		!{filter}	2  filter the highlighted lines through the
@@ -923,6 +926,8 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 |v_a}|		a}		   same as aB
 |v_c|		c		2  delete highlighted area and start insert
 |v_d|		d		2  delete highlighted area
+|v_g_CTRL-A|	g CTRL-A	2  add N to number in highlighted text
+|v_g_CTRL-X|	g CTRL-X	2  subtract N from number in highlighted text
 |v_gJ|		gJ		2  join the highlighted lines without
 				   inserting spaces
 |v_gq|		gq		2  format the highlighted lines
@@ -979,7 +984,7 @@ tag		command	      action in Command-line editing mode	~
 |c_CTRL-E|	CTRL-E		cursor to end of command-line
 |'cedit'|	CTRL-F		default value for 'cedit': opens the
 				command-line window; otherwise not used
-		CTRL-G		not used
+|c_CTRL-G|	CTRL-G		next match when 'incsearch' is active
 |c_<BS>|	<BS>		delete the character in front of the cursor
 |c_digraph|	{char1} <BS> {char2}
 				enter digraph when 'digraph' is on
@@ -1012,7 +1017,7 @@ tag		command	      action in Command-line editing mode	~
 				insert the contents of a register or object
 				under the cursor literally
 		CTRL-S		(used for terminal control flow)
-		CTRL-T		not used
+|c_CTRL-T|	CTRL-T		previous match when 'incsearch' is active
 |c_CTRL-U|	CTRL-U		remove all characters
 |c_CTRL-V|	CTRL-V		insert next non-digit literally, insert three
 				digit decimal number as a single byte.
@@ -1134,6 +1139,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:caddfile|	:caddf[ile]	add error message to current quickfix list
 |:call|		:cal[l]		call a function
 |:catch|	:cat[ch]	part of a :try command
+|:cbottom|	:cbo[ttom]	scroll to the bottom of the quickfix window
 |:cbuffer|	:cb[uffer]	parse error messages and jump to first error
 |:cc|		:cc		go to specific error
 |:cclose|	:ccl[ose]	close quickfix window
@@ -1151,8 +1157,10 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:chdir|	:chd[ir]	change directory
 |:checkpath|	:che[ckpath]	list included files
 |:checktime|	:checkt[ime]	check timestamp of loaded buffers
-|:clist|	:cl[ist]	list all errors
+|:chistory|	:chi[story]	list the error lists
 |:clast|	:cla[st]	go to the specified error, default last one
+|:clearjumps|	:cle[arjumps]	clear the jump list
+|:clist|	:cl[ist]	list all errors
 |:close|	:clo[se]	close current window
 |:cmap|		:cm[ap]		like ":map" but for Command-line mode
 |:cmapclear|	:cmapc[lear]	clear all mappings for Command-line mode
@@ -1199,7 +1207,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:display|	:di[splay]	display registers
 |:djump|	:dj[ump]	jump to #define
 |:dl|		:dl		short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
-|:dl|		:del[ete]l	short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
+|:del|		:del[ete]l	short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
 |:dlist|	:dli[st]	list #defines
 |:doautocmd|	:do[autocmd]	apply autocommands to current buffer
 |:doautoall|	:doautoa[ll]	apply autocommands for all loaded buffers
@@ -1231,6 +1239,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:file|		:f[ile]		show or set the current file name
 |:files|	:files		list all files in the buffer list
 |:filetype|	:filet[ype]	switch file type detection on/off
+|:filter|	:filt[er]	filter output of following command
 |:find|		:fin[d]		find file in 'path' and edit it
 |:finally|	:fina[lly]	part of a :try command
 |:finish|	:fini[sh]	quit sourcing a Vim script
@@ -1293,6 +1302,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:last|		:la[st]		go to the last file in the argument list
 |:language|	:lan[guage]	set the language (locale)
 |:later|	:lat[er]	go to newer change, redo
+|:lbottom|	:lbo[ttom]	scroll to the bottom of the location window
 |:lbuffer|	:lb[uffer]	parse locations and jump to first location
 |:lcd|		:lc[d]		change directory locally
 |:lchdir|	:lch[dir]	change directory locally
@@ -1312,6 +1322,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:lgrep|	:lgr[ep]	run 'grepprg' and jump to first match
 |:lgrepadd|	:lgrepa[dd]	like :grep, but append to current list
 |:lhelpgrep|	:lh[elpgrep]	like ":helpgrep" but uses location list
+|:lhistory|	:lhi[story]	list the location lists
 |:ll|		:ll		go to specific location
 |:llast|	:lla[st]	go to the specified location, default last one
 |:llist|	:lli[st]	list all locations
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jan 10
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -431,6 +431,9 @@ with a space.
 Note: When using mappings for Visual mode, you can use the "'<" mark, which
 is the start of the last selected Visual area in the current buffer |'<|.

+The |:filter| command can be used to select what mappings to list.  The
+pattern is matched against the {lhs} and {rhs} in the raw form.
+
 							*:map-verbose*
 When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a key map will also display where it was
 last defined.  Example: >
@@ -1177,6 +1180,10 @@ scripts.
 			    "	Command has the -register attribute
 			    b	Command is local to current buffer
 			(see below for details on attributes)
+			The list can be filtered on command name with
+			|:filter|, e.g., to list all commands with "Pyth" in
+			the name: >
+				filter Pyth command

 :com[mand] {cmd}	List the user-defined commands that start with {cmd}

@@ -1274,6 +1281,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=mapping	mapping name
 	-complete=menu		menus
 	-complete=option	options
+	-complete=packadd	optional package |pack-add| names
 	-complete=shellcmd	Shell command
 	-complete=sign		|:sign| suboptions
 	-complete=syntax	syntax file names |'syntax'|
@@ -1358,7 +1366,7 @@ Possible attributes are:
 Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be
 specified.

-					*E889* *:command-addr*
+					*:command-addr*
 It is possible that the special characters in the range like ., $ or % which
 by default correspond to the current line, last line and the whole buffer,
 relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages.
@@ -1411,6 +1419,29 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 	<bang>	(See the '-bang' attribute) Expands to a ! if the
 		command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
 		expands to nothing.
+						*<mods>*
+	<mods>  The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
+		nothing. Supported modifiers are |:aboveleft|, |:belowright|,
+		|:botright|, |:browse|, |:confirm|, |:hide|, |:keepalt|,
+		|:keepjumps|, |:keepmarks|, |:keeppatterns|, |:leftabove|,
+		|:lockmarks|, |:noswapfile| |:rightbelow|, |:silent|, |:tab|,
+		|:topleft|, |:verbose|, and |:vertical|.
+		Note that these are not yet supported: |:noautocmd|,
+		|:sandbox| and |:unsilent|.
+		Examples: >
+		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file MyEdit
+				\ for f in expand(<q-args>, 0, 1) |
+				\ exe '<mods> split ' . f |
+				\ endfor
+
+		    function! SpecialEdit(files, mods)
+			for f in expand(a:files, 0, 1)
+			    exe a:mods . ' split ' . f
+			endfor
+		    endfunction
+		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file Sedit
+				\ call SpecialEdit(<q-args>, <q-mods>)
+<
 						*<reg>* *<register>*
 	<reg>	(See the '-register' attribute) The optional register,
 		if specified.  Otherwise, expands to nothing.  <register>
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 May 18
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -1010,6 +1010,7 @@ text, you can use the 'keymap' option.  This will translate one or more
 (English) characters to another (non-English) character.  This only happens
 when typing text, not when typing Vim commands.  This avoids having to switch
 between two keyboard settings.
+{only available when compiled with the |+keymap| feature}

 The value of the 'keymap' option specifies a keymap file to use.  The name of
 this file is one of these two:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 01


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -19,6 +19,15 @@ The ":messages" command can be used to view previously given messages.  This
 is especially useful when messages have been overwritten or truncated.  This
 depends on the 'shortmess' option.

+	:messages		Show all messages.
+
+	:{count}messages	Show the {count} most recent messages.
+
+	:messages clear		Clear all messages.
+
+	:{count}messages clear	Clear messages, keeping only the {count} most
+				recent ones.
+
 The number of remembered messages is fixed at 20 for the tiny version and 200
 for other versions.

@@ -30,6 +39,7 @@ back.
 Note: If the output has been stopped with "q" at the more prompt, it will only
 be displayed up to this point.
 The previous command output is cleared when another command produces output.
+The "g<" output is not redirected.

 If you are using translated messages, the first printed line tells who
 maintains the messages or the translations.  You can use this to contact the
@@ -58,8 +68,9 @@ If you are lazy, it also works without the shift key: >
 When an error message is displayed, but it is removed before you could read
 it, you can see it again with: >
  :echo errmsg
-or view a list of recent messages with: >
+Or view a list of recent messages with: >
  :messages
+See `:messages` above.


 LIST OF MESSAGES
@@ -663,6 +674,12 @@ You must be using an awful lot of buffers.  It's now possible that two buffers
 have the same number, which causes various problems.  You might want to exit
 Vim and restart it.

+							*E931*  >
+  Buffer cannot be registered
+
+Out of memory or a duplicate buffer number.  May happen after W14.  Looking up
+a buffer will not always work, better restart Vim.
+
 							*E296* *E297*  >
  Seek error in swap file write
  Write error in swap file
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 06
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 12


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ i[			"inner [] block", select [count] '[' ']' blocks.  This
 			When used in Visual mode it is made characterwise.

 a)							*v_a)* *a)* *a(*
-a(							*v_ab* *v_a(* *ab*
+a(							*vab* *v_ab* *v_a(* *ab*
 ab			"a block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [(" to
 			the matching ')', including the '(' and ')' (see
 			|[(|).  Does not include white space outside of the
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ ab			"a block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [(" to
 			When used in Visual mode it is made characterwise.

 i)							*v_i)* *i)* *i(*
-i(							*v_ib* *v_i(* *ib*
+i(							*vib* *v_ib* *v_i(* *ib*
 ib			"inner block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [("
 			to the matching ')', excluding the '(' and ')' (see
 			|[(|).
@@ -1027,7 +1027,8 @@ unless the line containing that position was changed or deleted.

 							*CTRL-O*
 CTRL-O			Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list
-			(not a motion command).  {not in Vi}
+			(not a motion command).
+			{not in Vi}
 			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}

 <Tab>		or					*CTRL-I* *<Tab>*
@@ -1037,8 +1038,14 @@ CTRL-I			Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
 			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}

 							*:ju* *:jumps*
-:ju[mps]		Print the jump list (not a motion command).  {not in
-			Vi} {not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
+:ju[mps]		Print the jump list (not a motion command).
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
+
+							*:cle* *:clearjumps*
+:cle[arjumps]		Clear the jump list of the current window.
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}

 							*jumplist*
 Jumps are remembered in a jump list.  With the CTRL-O and CTRL-I command you
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 18
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 15


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ Current projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are:

 Check the specific project pages to see how to use Vim with these projects.

+An alternative is to use a channel, see |channel|.
+
 In the rest of this help page, we will use the term "Vim Controller" to
 describe the program controlling Vim through the NetBeans socket interface.

@@ -827,7 +829,7 @@ REJECT		Not used.
 These errors occur when a message violates the protocol:
 *E627* *E628* *E629* *E632* *E633* *E634* *E635* *E636*
 *E637* *E638* *E639* *E640* *E641* *E642* *E643* *E644* *E645* *E646*
-*E647* *E648* *E649* *E650* *E651* *E652* *E653* *E654*
+*E647* *E648* *E649* *E650* *E651* *E652*


 ==============================================================================
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 19
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -261,10 +261,10 @@ global value, which is used for new buffers.  With ":set" both the local and
 global value is changed.  With "setlocal" only the local value is changed,
 thus this value is not used when editing a new buffer.

-When editing a buffer that has been edited before, the last used window
-options are used again.  If this buffer has been edited in this window, the
-values from back then are used.  Otherwise the values from the window where
-the buffer was edited last are used.
+When editing a buffer that has been edited before, the options from the window
+that was last closed are used again.  If this buffer has been edited in this
+window, the values from back then are used.  Otherwise the values from the
+last closed window where the buffer was edited last are used.

 It's possible to set a local window option specifically for a type of buffer.
 When you edit another buffer in the same window, you don't want to keep
@@ -892,7 +892,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	done with ":syntax on".

 							*'backspace'* *'bs'*
-'backspace' 'bs'	string	(default "")
+'backspace' 'bs'	string	(default "", set to "indent,eol,start"
+							    in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	Influences the working of <BS>, <Del>, CTRL-W and CTRL-U in Insert
@@ -1075,7 +1076,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 	Note that environment variables are not expanded.  If you want to use
 	$HOME you must expand it explicitly, e.g.: >
-		:let backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'
+		:let &backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'

 <	Note that the default also makes sure that "crontab -e" works (when a
 	backup would be made by renaming the original file crontab won't see
@@ -1108,6 +1109,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 	v:beval_bufnr	number of the buffer in which balloon is going to show
 	v:beval_winnr	number of the window
+	v:beval_winid	ID of the window
 	v:beval_lnum	line number
 	v:beval_col	column number (byte index)
 	v:beval_text	word under or after the mouse pointer
@@ -1258,7 +1260,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	break if 'linebreak' is on.  Only works for ASCII and also for 8-bit
 	characters when 'encoding' is an 8-bit encoding.

-				*'breakindent'* *'bri'* *'nobreakindent'* *'nobri'*
+			*'breakindent'* *'bri'* *'nobreakindent'* *'nobri'*
 'breakindent' 'bri'	boolean (default off)
 			local to window
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -1439,8 +1441,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Only non-printable keys are allowed.
 	The key can be specified as a single character, but it is difficult to
 	type.  The preferred way is to use the <> notation.  Examples: >
-		:set cedit=<C-Y>
-		:set cedit=<Esc>
+		:exe "set cedit=\<C-Y>"
+		:exe "set cedit=\<Esc>"
 <	|Nvi| also has this option, but it only uses the first character.
 	See |cmdwin|.

@@ -1708,7 +1710,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 			*'compatible'* *'cp'* *'nocompatible'* *'nocp'*
 'compatible' 'cp'	boolean	(default on, off when a |vimrc| or |gvimrc|
-								file is found)
+					file is found, reset in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	This option has the effect of making Vim either more Vi-compatible, or
@@ -2305,6 +2307,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			different.  The whole undo file is encrypted, not just
 			the pieces of text.

+	You should use "blowfish2", also to re-encrypt older files.
+
 	When reading an encrypted file 'cryptmethod' will be set automatically
 	to the detected method of the file being read.  Thus if you write it
 	without changing 'cryptmethod' the same method will be used.
@@ -2627,17 +2631,24 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	{Vi: directory to put temp file in, defaults to "/tmp"}

 					*'display'* *'dy'*
-'display' 'dy'		string	(default "")
+'display' 'dy'		string	(default "", set to "truncate" in
+							       |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	Change the way text is displayed.  This is comma separated list of
 	flags:
 	lastline	When included, as much as possible of the last line
-			in a window will be displayed.  When not included, a
-			last line that doesn't fit is replaced with "@" lines.
+			in a window will be displayed.  "@@@" is put in the
+			last columns of the last screen line to indicate the
+			rest of the line is not displayed.
+	truncate	Like "lastline", but "@@@" is displayed in the first
+			column of the last screen line.  Overrules "lastline".
 	uhex		Show unprintable characters hexadecimal as <xx>
 			instead of using ^C and ~C.

+	When neither "lastline" or "truncate" is included, a last line that
+	doesn't fit is replaced with "@" lines.
+
 						*'eadirection'* *'ead'*
 'eadirection' 'ead'	string	(default "both")
 			global
@@ -2657,7 +2668,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	also 'gdefault' option.
 	Switching this option on is discouraged!

-						*'emoji'* *'emo'*
+					*'emoji'* *'emo'* *'noemoji'* *'noemo'*
 'emoji' 'emo'	boolean (default: on)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -2858,10 +2869,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	Enables the reading of .vimrc, .exrc and .gvimrc in the current
-	directory.  If you switch this option on you should also consider
-	setting the 'secure' option (see |initialization|).  Using a local
-	.exrc, .vimrc or .gvimrc is a potential security leak, use with care!
-	also see |.vimrc| and |gui-init|.
+	directory.
+
+	Setting this option is a potential security leak.  E.g., consider
+	unpacking a package or fetching files from github, a .vimrc in there
+	might be a trojan horse.  BETTER NOT SET THIS OPTION!
+	Instead, define an autocommand in your .vimrc to set options for a
+	matching directory.
+
+	If you do switch this option on you should also consider setting the
+	'secure' option (see |initialization|).
+	Also see |.vimrc| and |gui-init|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

@@ -3043,8 +3061,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  file only, the option is not changed.
 	When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformats' is not used.

-	Note that when Vim starts up with an empty buffer this option is not
-	used.  Set 'fileformat' in your .vimrc instead.
+	When Vim starts up with an empty buffer the first item is used.  You
+	can overrule this by setting 'fileformat' in your .vimrc.

 	For systems with a Dos-like <EOL> (<CR><NL>), when reading files that
 	are ":source"ed and for vimrc files, automatic <EOL> detection may be
@@ -3347,6 +3365,41 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'foldtext' |textlock|.

+						*'formatexpr'* *'fex'*
+'formatexpr' 'fex'	string (default "")
+			local to buffer
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
+			feature}
+	Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the |gq|
+	operator or automatic formatting (see 'formatoptions').  When this
+	option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
+
+	The |v:lnum|  variable holds the first line to be formatted.
+	The |v:count| variable holds the number of lines to be formatted.
+	The |v:char|  variable holds the character that is going to be
+		      inserted if the expression is being evaluated due to
+		      automatic formatting.  This can be empty.  Don't insert
+		      it yet!
+
+	Example: >
+		:set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
+<	This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
+	autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. |autoload|
+
+	The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
+	text beyond that limit.  This happens under the same conditions as
+	when internal formatting is used.  Make sure the cursor is kept in the
+	same spot relative to the text then!  The |mode()| function will
+	return "i" or "R" in this situation.
+	
+	When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
+	the internal format mechanism.
+
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working,
+	since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
+
 					*'formatoptions'* *'fo'*
 'formatoptions' 'fo'	string (Vim default: "tcq", Vi default: "vt")
 			local to buffer
@@ -3390,41 +3443,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

-						*'formatexpr'* *'fex'*
-'formatexpr' 'fex'	string (default "")
-			local to buffer
-			{not in Vi}
-			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
-			feature}
-	Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the |gq|
-	operator or automatic formatting (see 'formatoptions').  When this
-	option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
-
-	The |v:lnum|  variable holds the first line to be formatted.
-	The |v:count| variable holds the number of lines to be formatted.
-	The |v:char|  variable holds the character that is going to be
-		      inserted if the expression is being evaluated due to
-		      automatic formatting.  This can be empty.  Don't insert
-		      it yet!
-
-	Example: >
-		:set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
-<	This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
-	autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. |autoload|
-
-	The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
-	text beyond that limit.  This happens under the same conditions as
-	when internal formatting is used.  Make sure the cursor is kept in the
-	same spot relative to the text then!  The |mode()| function will
-	return "i" or "R" in this situation.
-	
-	When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
-	the internal format mechanism.
-
-	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
-	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working,
-	since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
-
 					*'fsync'* *'fs'* *'nofsync'* *'nofs'*
 'fsync' 'fs'		boolean	(default on)
 			global
@@ -3453,6 +3471,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See 'fuoptions' for how Vim resizes and colors the background when 
 	entering and leaving fullscreen mode.

+	You can use the hidden preference MMFullScreenFadeTime to adjust how
+	long the animation takes to fade in and out.  The default is 0.25
+	seconds.  See |macvim-preferences|for how to set hidden preferences.
+
 	Note: Setting 'fullscreen' usually changes the size of the Vim
 	control. However, for technical reasons, 'lines' and 'columns' will
 	currently only be updated when Vim runs its event loop. As a
@@ -3733,6 +3755,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		      HANGEUL, HEBREW, JOHAB, MAC, OEM, RUSSIAN, SHIFTJIS,
 		      SYMBOL, THAI, TURKISH, VIETNAMESE ANSI and BALTIC.
 		      Normally you would use "cDEFAULT".
+		qXX - quality XX.  Valid quality names are: PROOF, DRAFT,
+		      ANTIALIASED, NONANTIALIASED, CLEARTYPE, DEFAULT.
+		      Normally you would use "qDEFAULT".
+		      Some quality values are not supported in legacy OSs.

 	  Use a ':' to separate the options.
 	- A '_' can be used in the place of a space, so you don't need to use
@@ -3819,8 +3845,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	screen.

 						*'guioptions'* *'go'*
-'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "egmrLtT"   (MS-Windows),
-					 "aegimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
+'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "egmrLtT"   (MS-Windows, "t" is
+						   removed in |defaults.vim|),
+					 "aegimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena),
+					 )
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
@@ -4037,17 +4065,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 						*'highlight'* *'hl'*
 'highlight' 'hl'	string	(default (as a single string):
-				     "8:SpecialKey,@:NonText,d:Directory,
-				     e:ErrorMsg,i:IncSearch,l:Search,m:MoreMsg,
-				     M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,N:CursorLineNr,
-				     r:Question,s:StatusLine,S:StatusLineNC,
-				     c:VertSplit, t:Title,v:Visual,
-				     w:WarningMsg,W:WildMenu,
-				     f:Folded,F:FoldColumn,A:DiffAdd,
-				     C:DiffChange,D:DiffDelete,T:DiffText,
-				     >:SignColumn,B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,
-				     R:SpellRare,L:SpellLocal,-:Conceal,
-				     +:Pmenu,=:PmenuSel,
+				     "8:SpecialKey,~:EndOfBuffer,@:NonText,
+				     d:Directory,e:ErrorMsg,i:IncSearch,
+				     l:Search,m:MoreMsg,M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,
+				     N:CursorLineNr,r:Question,s:StatusLine,
+				     S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,t:Title,
+				     v:Visual,w:WarningMsg,W:WildMenu,f:Folded,
+				     F:FoldColumn,A:DiffAdd,C:DiffChange,
+				     D:DiffDelete,T:DiffText,>:SignColumn,
+				     B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,R:SpellRare,
+				     L:SpellLocal,-:Conceal,+:Pmenu,=:PmenuSel,
 				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -4056,7 +4083,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	first character in a pair gives the occasion, the second the mode to
 	use for that occasion.  The occasions are:
 	|hl-SpecialKey|	 8  Meta and special keys listed with ":map"
-	|hl-NonText|	 @  '~' and '@' at the end of the window and
+	|hl-EndOfBuffer|   ~  lines after the last line in the buffer
+	|hl-NonText|	 @  '@' at the end of the window and
 			    characters from 'showbreak'
 	|hl-Directory|	 d  directories in CTRL-D listing and other special
 			    things in listings
@@ -4144,7 +4172,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.

 						*'history'* *'hi'*
-'history' 'hi'		number	(Vim default: 50, Vi default: 0)
+'history' 'hi'		number	(Vim default: 50, Vi default: 0,
+						 set to 200 in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	A history of ":" commands, and a history of previous search patterns
@@ -4397,7 +4426,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	evaluating 'includeexpr' |textlock|.

 				 *'incsearch'* *'is'* *'noincsearch'* *'nois'*
-'incsearch' 'is'	boolean	(default off)
+'incsearch' 'is'	boolean	(default off, set in |defaults.vim| if the
+						+reltime feature is supported)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the
@@ -4410,6 +4440,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	original position when no match is found and when pressing <Esc>.  You
 	still need to finish the search command with <Enter> to move the
 	cursor to the match.
+	You can use the CTRL-N and CTRL-P keys to move to the next and
+	previous match. |c_CTRL-N| |c_CTRL-P|
 	When compiled with the |+reltime| feature Vim only searches for about
 	half a second.  With a complicated pattern and/or a lot of text the
 	match may not be found.  This is to avoid that Vim hangs while you
@@ -4494,7 +4526,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	if you want to use Vim as a modeless editor.  Used for |evim|.
 	These Insert mode commands will be useful:
 	- Use the cursor keys to move around.
-	- Use CTRL-O to execute one Normal mode command |i_CTRL-O|).  When
+	- Use CTRL-O to execute one Normal mode command |i_CTRL-O|.  When
 	  this is a mapping, it is executed as if 'insertmode' was off.
 	  Normal mode remains active until the mapping is finished.
 	- Use CTRL-L to execute a number of Normal mode commands, then use
@@ -4691,16 +4723,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 					*'keywordprg'* *'kp'*
 'keywordprg' 'kp'	string	(default "man" or "man -s",  DOS: ":help",
-						OS/2: "view /", VMS: "help")
+								  VMS: "help")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Program to use for the |K| command.  Environment variables are
 	expanded |:set_env|.  ":help" may be used to access the Vim internal
 	help.  (Note that previously setting the global option to the empty
 	value did this, which is now deprecated.)
-	When "man" is used, Vim will automatically translate a count for the
-	"K" command to a section number.  Also for "man -s", in which case the
-	"-s" is removed when there is no count.
+	When the first character is ":", the command is invoked as a Vim
+	Ex command prefixed with [count].
+	When "man", "man -s" or an Ex command is used, Vim will automatically
+	translate a count for the "K" command and pass it as the first
+	argument.  For "man -s" the "-s" is removed when there is no count.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 	Example: >
 		:set keywordprg=man\ -s
@@ -4721,7 +4755,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	be able to execute Normal mode commands.
 	This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
 	mapped in Insert mode.
-	Also consider setting 'langnoremap' to avoid 'langmap' applies to
+	Also consider resetting 'langremap' to avoid 'langmap' applies to
 	characters resulting from a mapping.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
@@ -4779,15 +4813,25 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Warning: This deletes all menus that you defined yourself!

 			*'langnoremap'* *'lnr'* *'nolangnoremap'* *'nolnr'*
-'langnoremap' 'lnr'	boolean (default off)
+'langnoremap' 'lnr'	boolean (default off, set in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+langmap|
 			feature}
-	When on, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting from
+	This is just like 'langremap' but with the value inverted.  It only
+	exists for backwards compatibility.  When setting 'langremap' then
+	'langnoremap' is set to the inverted value, and the other way around.
+
+			*'langremap'* *'lrm'* *'nolangremap'* *'nolrm'*
+'langremap' 'lrm'	boolean (default on, reset in |defaults.vim|)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+langmap|
+			feature}
+	When off, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting from
 	a mapping.  This basically means, if you noticed that setting
-	'langmap' disables some of your mappings, try setting this option.
-	This option defaults to off for backwards compatibility.  Set it on if
+	'langmap' disables some of your mappings, try resetting this option.
+	This option defaults to on for backwards compatibility.  Set it off if
 	that works for you to avoid mappings to break.

 					*'laststatus'* *'ls'*
@@ -4840,7 +4884,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	use this command to get the tallest window possible: >
 		:set lines=999
 <	Minimum value is 2, maximum value is 1000.
-	If you get less lines than expected, check the 'guiheadroom' option.
+	If you get fewer lines than expected, check the 'guiheadroom' option.
 	When you set this option and Vim is unable to change the physical
 	number of lines of the display, the display may be messed up.

@@ -4967,6 +5011,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Lua shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_LUA_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

@@ -4998,6 +5043,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'guifont' supports them. Examples for such fonts are Fira Code or
 	Haskelig.
 	Note: Currently this option only has an effect if
+	'Use Core Text renderer' is enabled in the GUI preferences pane.
+
+				*'macthinstrokes'* *'nomacthinstrokes'*
+'macthinstrokes' 		boolean (default off)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+                        {only available when compiled with GUI enabled on
+			 Mac OS X}
+	This option only has an effect in the GUI version of Vim on Mac OS X
+	v10.8 or later.  When on, Vim will render the text a little lighter
+	which looks nice with a dark colorscheme.
+	Note: Currently this option only has an effect if
 	'Use Core Text renderer' is enabled in the GUI preferences pane.

 				*'macmeta'* *'mmta'* *'nomacmeta'* *'nommta'*
@@ -5017,10 +5074,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	Changes the special characters that can be used in search patterns.
 	See |pattern|.
-	NOTE: To avoid portability problems with using patterns, always keep
-	this option at the default "on".  Only switch it off when working with
-	old Vi scripts.  In any other situation write patterns that work when
-	'magic' is on.  Include "\M" when you want to |/\M|.
+	WARNING: Switching this option off most likely breaks plugins!  That
+	is because many patterns assume it's on and will fail when it's off.
+	Only switch it off when working with old Vi scripts.  In any other
+	situation write patterns that work when 'magic' is on.  Include "\M"
+	when you want to |/\M|.

 						*'makeef'* *'mef'*
 'makeef' 'mef'		string	(default: "")
@@ -5160,7 +5218,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	without a limit.
 	On 64 bit machines higher values might work.  But hey, do you really
 	need more than 2 Gbyte for text editing?  Keep in mind that text is
-	stored in the swap file, one can edit files > 2 Gbyte anyay.  We do
+	stored in the swap file, one can edit files > 2 Gbyte anyway.  We do
 	need the memory to store undo info.
 	Also see 'maxmem'.

@@ -5251,6 +5309,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   written.  A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
 	   values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
 	   reset.
+	   Similarly for 'eol' and 'bomb'.
 	This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
 	result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
 	FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event.  See |gzip-example| for
@@ -5269,7 +5328,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.

 						*'mouse'* *E538*
-'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI, MS-DOS and Win32)
+'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI, MS-DOS and Win32,
+						 set to "a" in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	Enable the use of the mouse.  Only works for certain terminals
@@ -5435,7 +5495,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Negative or zero value means no thread scheduling.

 							*'nrformats'* *'nf'*
-'nrformats' 'nf'	string	(default "bin,octal,hex")
+'nrformats' 'nf'	string	(default "bin,octal,hex",
+					   set to "bin,hex" in |defaults.vim|)
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 	This defines what bases Vim will consider for numbers when using the
@@ -5719,6 +5780,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Perl shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_PERL_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

@@ -5856,6 +5918,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Python 2.x shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_PYTHON_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

@@ -5867,6 +5930,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Python 3 shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_PYTHON3_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

@@ -6097,11 +6161,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Ruby shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_RUBY_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

 					 *'ruler'* *'ru'* *'noruler'* *'noru'*
-'ruler' 'ru'		boolean	(default off)
+'ruler' 'ru'		boolean	(default off, set in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the
@@ -6187,6 +6252,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  keymap/	key mapping files |mbyte-keymap|
 	  lang/		menu translations |:menutrans|
 	  menu.vim	GUI menus |menu.vim|
+	  pack/		packages |:packadd|
 	  plugin/	plugin scripts |write-plugin|
 	  print/	files for printing |postscript-print-encoding|
 	  spell/	spell checking files |spell|
@@ -6208,6 +6274,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   personal preferences to overrule or add to the distributed defaults
 	   or system-wide settings (rarely needed).

+	More entries are added when using |packages|.
+
 	Note that, unlike 'path', no wildcards like "**" are allowed.  Normal
 	wildcards are allowed, but can significantly slow down searching for
 	runtime files.  For speed, use as few items as possible and avoid
@@ -6349,6 +6417,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"inclusive" means that the last character of the selection is included
 	in an operation.  For example, when "x" is used to delete the
 	selection.
+	When "old" is used and 'virtualedit' allows the cursor to move past
+	the end of line the line break still isn't included.
 	Note that when "exclusive" is used and selecting from the end
 	backwards, you cannot include the last character of a line, when
 	starting in Normal mode and 'virtualedit' empty.
@@ -6573,6 +6643,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The |FilterReadPre|, |FilterReadPost| and |FilterWritePre|,
 	|FilterWritePost| autocommands event are not triggered when
 	'shelltemp' is off.
+	The `system()` function does not respect this option and always uses
+	temp files.

 						*'shelltype'* *'st'*
 'shelltype' 'st'	number	(default 0)
@@ -6729,8 +6801,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"n" flag to 'cpoptions'.

 				     *'showcmd'* *'sc'* *'noshowcmd'* *'nosc'*
-'showcmd' 'sc'		boolean	(Vim default: on, off for Unix, Vi default:
-				 off)
+'showcmd' 'sc'		boolean	(Vim default: on, off for Unix,
+				       Vi default: off, set in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the
@@ -6835,10 +6907,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 	Example: Try this together with 'sidescroll' and 'listchars' as
 		 in the following example to never allow the cursor to move
-		 onto the "extends" character:
+		 onto the "extends" character: >

 		 :set nowrap sidescroll=1 listchars=extends:>,precedes:<
 		 :set sidescrolloff=1
+<
+						*'signcolumn'* *'scl'*
+'signcolumn' 'scl'	string	(default "auto")
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+signs|
+			feature}
+	Whether or not to draw the signcolumn. Valid values are:
+	   "auto"   	only when there is a sign to display
+	   "no"	    	never
+	   "yes"    	always


 			*'smartcase'* *'scs'* *'nosmartcase'* *'noscs'*
@@ -7508,6 +7591,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	By default, tag searches are case-sensitive.  Case is ignored when
 	'ignorecase' is set and 'tagcase' is "followic", or when 'tagcase' is
 	"ignore".
+	Also when 'tagcase' is "followscs" and 'smartcase' is set, or
+	'tagcase' is "smart", and the pattern contains only lowercase
+	characters.

 	When 'tagbsearch' is off, tags searching is slower when a full match
 	exists, but faster when no full match exists.  Tags in unsorted tags
@@ -7526,8 +7612,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option specifies how case is handled when searching the tags
 	file:
 	   followic	Follow the 'ignorecase' option
+	   followscs    Follow the 'smartcase' and 'ignorecase' options
 	   ignore	Ignore case
 	   match	Match case
+	   smart	Ignore case unless an upper case letter is used

 						*'taglength'* *'tl'*
 'taglength' 'tl'	number	(default 0)
@@ -7591,6 +7679,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Specifies the name of the Tcl shared library. The default is
 	DYNAMIC_TCL_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

@@ -7665,6 +7754,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set encoding=utf-8
 <	You need to do this when your system has no locale support for UTF-8.

+						*'termguicolors'* *'tgc'*
+'termguicolors' 'tgc'	boolean (default off)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the
+			|+termguicolors| feature}
+	When on, uses |highlight-guifg| and |highlight-guibg| attributes in
+	the terminal (thus using 24-bit color). Requires a ISO-8613-3
+	compatible terminal.
+	If setting this option does not work (produces a colorless UI)
+	reading |xterm-true-color| might help.
+
 						*'terse'* *'noterse'*
 'terse'			boolean	(default off)
 			global
@@ -8028,8 +8129,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"xterm", "xterm2", "urxvt" or "sgr" (because dec mouse codes conflict
 	with them).
 	This option is automatically set to "xterm", when the 'term' option is
-	set to a name that starts with "xterm", "mlterm", or "screen", and
-	'ttymouse' is not set already.
+	set to a name that starts with "xterm", "mlterm", "screen", "st" (full
+	match only), "st-" or "stterm", and 'ttymouse' is not set already.
 	Additionally, if vim is compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and
 	|t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the xterm version
 	number, more intelligent detection process runs.
@@ -8299,10 +8400,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		has been used since the last search command.
 							*viminfo-n*
 	n	Name of the viminfo file.  The name must immediately follow
-		the 'n'.  Must be the last one!  If the "-i" argument was
-		given when starting Vim, that file name overrides the one
-		given here with 'viminfo'.  Environment variables are expanded
-		when opening the file, not when setting the option.
+		the 'n'.  Must be at the end of the option!  If the "-i"
+		argument was given when starting Vim, that file name overrides
+		the one given here with 'viminfo'.  Environment variables are
+		expanded when opening the file, not when setting the option.
 							*viminfo-r*
 	r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
 		',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
@@ -8488,7 +8589,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.


 				*'wildmenu'* *'wmnu'* *'nowildmenu'* *'nowmnu'*
-'wildmenu' 'wmnu'	boolean	(default off)
+'wildmenu' 'wmnu'	boolean	(default off, set in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available if compiled without the |+wildmenu|
@@ -8787,7 +8888,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'writedelay' 'wd'	number	(default 0)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
-	The number of microseconds to wait for each character sent to the
+	The number of milliseconds to wait for each character sent to the
 	screen.  When non-zero, characters are sent to the terminal one by
 	one.  For MS-DOS pcterm this does not work.  For debugging purposes.

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Aug 14
+*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -248,8 +248,9 @@ reality.  Vim uses this mapping:
    Button 3 -> MiddleMouse.

 If your mouse has fewer than 3 buttons you can provide your own mapping from
-mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons.  See the file
-vim-5.x/macros/swapmous.vim for an example.		|gui-mouse-mapping|
+mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons.  See the swapmouse
+package for an example:					 |gui-mouse-mapping|
+$VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim


 12. Color names						*beos-colors*
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 05
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -144,29 +144,8 @@ the console.
 5. Running under Windows 3.1				*win32-win3.1*

 						*win32s* *windows-3.1*
-There is a special version of Gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11.  You
-need the gvim.exe that was compiled with Visual C++ 4.1.
-
-To run the Win32 version under Windows 3.1, you need to install Win32s.  You
-might have it already from another Win32 application which you have installed.
-If Vim doesn't seem to be running properly, get the latest version: 1.30c.
-You can find it at:
-
-	http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/pw1118.exe
-
-(Microsoft moved it again, we don't know where it is now :-( ).
-
-The reason for having two versions of gvim.exe is that the Win32s version was
-compiled with VC++ 4.1.  This is the last version of VC++ that supports Win32s
-programs.  VC++ 5.0 is better, so that one was used for the Win32 version.
-Apart from that, there is no difference between the programs.  If you are in a
-mixed environment, you can use the gvim.exe for Win32s on both.
-
-The Win32s version works the same way as the Win32 version under 95/NT.  When
-running under Win32s the following differences apply:
- You cannot use long file names, because Windows 3.1 doesn't support them!
- When executing an external command, it doesn't return an exit code.  After
-  doing ":make" you have to do ":cn" yourself.
+There was a special version of Gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
+Support was removed in patch 7.4.1363.

 ==============================================================================
 6. Win32 mini FAQ					*win32-faq*
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jan 03
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jun 08


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ An atom can be followed by an indication of how many times the atom can be
 matched and in what way.  This is called a multi.  See |/multi| for an
 overview.

-						*/star* */\star* *E56*
+							*/star* */\star*
 *	(use \* when 'magic' is not set)
 	Matches 0 or more of the preceding atom, as many as possible.
 	Example  'nomagic'	matches ~
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ overview.
 	the end of the file and then tries matching "END", backing up one
 	character at a time.

-							*/\+* *E57*
+							*/\+*
 \+	Matches 1 or more of the preceding atom, as many as possible. {not in
 	Vi}
 	Example		matches ~
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ overview.
 \?	Just like \=.  Cannot be used when searching backwards with the "?"
 	command. {not in Vi}

-					*/\{* *E58* *E60* *E554* *E870*
+					*/\{* *E60* *E554* *E870*
 \{n,m}	Matches n to m of the preceding atom, as many as possible
 \{n}	Matches n of the preceding atom
 \{n,}	Matches at least n of the preceding atom, as many as possible
@@ -954,14 +954,18 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 <	When 'hlsearch' is set and you move the cursor around and make changes
 	this will clearly show when the match is updated or not.
 	To match the text up to column 17: >
-		/.*\%17v
-<	Column 17 is included, because that's where the "\%17v" matches,
-	even though this is a |/zero-width| match.  Adding a dot to match the
-	next character has the same result: >
-		/.*\%17v.
+		/^.*\%17v
+<	Column 17 is not included, because this is a |/zero-width| match. To
+	include the column use: >
+		/^.*\%17v.
 <	This command does the same thing, but also matches when there is no
 	character in column 17: >
-		/.*\%<18v.
+		/^.*\%<18v.
+<	Note that without the "^" to anchor the match in the first column,
+	this will also highlight column 17: >
+		/.*\%17v
+<	Column 17 is highlighted by 'hlsearch' because there is another match
+	where ".*" matches zero characters.
 <

 Character classes: {not in Vi}
@@ -1079,8 +1083,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  belonging to that character class.  The following character classes
 	  are supported:
 			  Name		Contents ~
-*[:alnum:]*		  [:alnum:]     letters and digits
-*[:alpha:]*		  [:alpha:]     letters
+*[:alnum:]*		  [:alnum:]     ASCII letters and digits
+*[:alpha:]*		  [:alpha:]     ASCII letters
 *[:blank:]*		  [:blank:]     space and tab characters
 *[:cntrl:]*		  [:cntrl:]     control characters
 *[:digit:]*		  [:digit:]     decimal digits
@@ -1088,7 +1092,7 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 *[:lower:]*		  [:lower:]     lowercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
 *[:print:]*		  [:print:]     printable characters including space
-*[:punct:]*		  [:punct:]     punctuation characters
+*[:punct:]*		  [:punct:]     ASCII punctuation characters
 *[:space:]*		  [:space:]     whitespace characters
 *[:upper:]*		  [:upper:]     uppercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
@@ -1104,8 +1108,9 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  '/', alphabetic, numeric, '_' or '~'.
 	  These items only work for 8-bit characters, except [:lower:] and
 	  [:upper:] also work for multi-byte characters when using the new
-	  regexp engine.  In the future these items may work for multi-byte
-	  characters.
+	  regexp engine.  See |two-engines|.  In the future these items may
+	  work for multi-byte characters.  For now, to get all "alpha"
+	  characters you can use: [[:lower:][:upper:]].
 							*/[[=* *[==]*
 	- An equivalence class.  This means that characters are matched that
 	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  This
@@ -1,25 +1,25 @@
-*pi_logipat.txt*	Logical Patterns				Mar 13, 2013
+*logiPat.txt*	Logical Patterns				Jun 22, 2015

 Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell	*logipat-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell	*logiPat-copyright*
           The VIM LICENSE applies to LogiPat.vim and LogiPat.txt
           (see |copyright|) except use "LogiPat" instead of "Vim"
 	   No warranty, express or implied.  Use At-Your-Own-Risk.

 ==============================================================================
-1. Contents					*logipat* *logipat-contents*
+1. Contents					*logiPat* *logiPat-contents*
+
+	1. Contents.................: |logiPat-contents|
+	2. LogiPat Manual...........: |logiPat-manual|
+	3. LogiPat Examples.........: |logiPat-examples|
+	4. Caveat...................: |logiPat-caveat|
+	5. LogiPat History..........: |logiPat-history|

-	1. Contents.................: |logipat-contents|
-	2. LogiPat Manual...........: |logipat-manual|
-	3. LogiPat Examples.........: |logipat-examples|
-	4. Caveat...................: |logipat-caveat|
-	5. LogiPat History..........: |logipat-history|

 ==============================================================================
-2. LogiPat Manual			*logipat-manual* *logipat-man*
+2. LogiPat Manual			*logiPat-manual* *logiPat-man*

-
-	*logipat-arg* *logipat-input* *logipat-pattern* *logipat-operators*
+	*logiPat-arg* *logiPat-input* *logiPat-pattern* *logiPat-operators*
 	Boolean logic patterns are composed of

 			operators  ! = not
@@ -30,13 +30,12 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell	*logipat-copyright*

 	:LogiPat {boolean-logic pattern}		*:LogiPat*
 		:LogiPat is a command which takes a boolean-logic
-		argument (|logipat-arg|).
+		argument (|logiPat-arg|).

 	:LP {boolean-logic pattern}			*:LP*
 		:LP is a shorthand command version of :LogiPat
-		(|:LogiPat|).

-	:ELP {boolean-logic pattern}			*:ELP*
+	:LPE {boolean-logic pattern}			*:LPE*
 		No search is done, but the conversion from the
 		boolean logic pattern to the regular expression
 		is performed and echoed onto the display.
@@ -59,8 +58,9 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell	*logipat-copyright*
 	To get a " inside a pattern, as opposed to having it delimit
 	the pattern, double it.

+
 ==============================================================================
-3. LogiPat Examples					*logipat-examples*
+3. LogiPat Examples					*logiPat-examples*

 	LogiPat takes Boolean logic arguments and produces a regular
 	expression which implements the choices.  A series of examples
@@ -96,22 +96,26 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell	*logipat-copyright*


 ==============================================================================
-4. Caveat						*logipat-caveat*
+4. Caveat						*logiPat-caveat*

 	The "not" operator may be fragile; ie. it may not always play well
 	with the & (logical-and) and | (logical-or) operators.  Please try out
 	your patterns, possibly with :set hls, to insure that what is matching
 	is what you want.

-==============================================================================
-3. LogiPat History					*logipat-history*

+==============================================================================
+3. LogiPat History					*logiPat-history*
+
+	v4 Jun 22, 2015 * LogiPat has been picked up by Bram M for standard
+			  plugin distribution; hence the name change
 	v3 Sep 25, 2006 * LP_Or() fixed; it now encapsulates its output
 	                  in \%(...\) parentheses
-	   Dec 12, 2011 * |:ELP| added
+	   Dec 12, 2011 * |:LPE| added
 			* "" is mapped to a single " and left inside patterns
 	v2 May 31, 2005	* LPF and LogiPatFlags commands weren't working
 	v1 May 23, 2005	* initial release

+
 ==============================================================================
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 16
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 20

 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -1525,6 +1525,7 @@ the |'isfname'| option (which is global, so netrw doesn't modify it).
 Associated setting variables:
 	|g:netrw_gx|	control how gx picks up the text under the cursor
 	|g:netrw_nogx|	prevent gx map while editing
+	|g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg| controls gx's suppression of browser messages

 							*netrw_filehandler*

@@ -2931,6 +2932,13 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				such as listing, file removal, etc.
 				 default: ssh

+ *g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg*	=1 : browsers sometimes produce messages
+				which are normally unwanted intermixed
+				with the page.
+				However, when using links, for example,
+				those messages are what the browser produces.
+				By setting this option to 0, netrw will not
+				suppress browser messages.

  *g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*	=' &;'
 				escape() is applied to all temporary files
@@ -3757,6 +3765,23 @@ netrw:
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1

+	v156:	Feb 18, 2016	* Changed =~ to =~# where appropriate
+		Feb 23, 2016	* s:ComposePath(base,subdir) now uses
+				  fnameescape() on the base portion
+		Mar 01, 2016	* (gt_macki) reported where :Explore would
+				  make file unlisted. Fixed (tst943)
+		Apr 04, 2016	* (reported by John Little) netrw normally
+				  suppresses browser messages, but sometimes
+				  those "messages" are what is wanted.
+				  See |g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg|
+		Apr 06, 2016	* (reported by Carlos Pita) deleting a remote
+				  file was giving an error message.  Fixed.
+		Apr 08, 2016	* (Charles Cooper) had a problem with an
+				  undefined b:netrw_curdir.  He also provided
+				  a fix.
+		Apr 20, 2016	* Changed s:NetrwGetBuffer(); now uses
+				  dictionaries.  Also fixed the "No Name"
+				  buffer problem.
 	v155:	Oct 29, 2015	* (Timur Fayzrakhmanov) reported that netrw's
 				  mapping of ctrl-l was not allowing refresh of
 				  other windows when it was done in a netrw
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
+*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 11

 			       ----------------
 			       Vimball Archiver
 			       ----------------

-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell		*Vimball-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including vimballPlugin.vim, vimball.vim, and pi_vimball.txt.
 	except use "vimball" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free,
@@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ MAKING DIRECTORIES VIA VIMBALLS				*g:vimball_mkdir*

 	If it doesn't exist, then if g:vimball_mkdir doesn't exist, it is set
 	as follows: >
-	  |g:netrw_local_mkdir|, if it exists
-	  "mkdir"              , if it is executable
-	  "makedir"            , if it is executable
-	  Otherwise            , it is undefined.
+	  |g:netrw_localmkdir|, if it exists
+	  "mkdir"             , if it is executable
+	  "makedir"           , if it is executable
+	  Otherwise           , it is undefined.
 <	One may explicitly specify the directory making command using
 	g:vimball_mkdir.  This command is used to make directories that
 	are needed as indicated by the vimball.
@@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ CONTROLLING THE VIMBALL EXTRACTION DIRECTORY		*g:vimball_home*
 	source the file to extract its contents.

 	Extraction will only proceed if the first line of a putative vimball
-	file holds the "Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D."
-	line.
+	file holds the "Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell" line.

 LISTING FILES IN A VIMBALL					*:VimballList*

@@ -182,13 +181,16 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 ==============================================================================
 4. Vimball History					*vimball-history* {{{1

+	37 : Jul 18, 2014 * (by request of T. Miedema) added augroup around
+			    the autocmds in vimballPlugin.vim
+	     Jul 06, 2015 * there are two uses of tabc; changed to tabc!
 	34 : Sep 22, 2011 * "UseVimball path" now supports a non-full path by
 			    prepending the current directory to it.
 	33 : Apr 02, 2011 * Gave priority to *.vmb over *.vba
 			  * Changed silent! to sil! (shorter)
 			  * Safed |'swf'| setting (during vimball extraction,
 			    its now turned off)
-	32 : May 19, 2010 * (Christian Brabandt) :so someplugin.vba and
+	32 : May 19, 2010 * (Christian Brabrandt) :so someplugin.vba and
 			    :so someplugin.vba.gz (and the other supported
 			    compression types) now works
 			  * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
@@ -200,6 +202,7 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 			    MkVimball, however, now will create *.vmb files.
 	     Feb 11, 2011 * motoyakurotsu reported an error with vimball's
 			    handling of zero-length files
+	     Feb 18, 2016 * Changed =~ to =~# where appropriate
 	30 : Dec 08, 2008 * fnameescape() inserted to protect error
 			    messaging using corrupted filenames from
 			    causing problems
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 23
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 17


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,11 +35,13 @@ positions in files.  For example, |:vimgrep| finds pattern matches.  You can
 use the positions in a script with the |getqflist()| function.  Thus you can
 do a lot more than the edit/compile/fix cycle!

-If you are using Manx's Aztec C compiler on the Amiga look here for how to use
-it with Vim: |quickfix-manx|.  If you are using another compiler you should
-save the error messages in a file and start Vim with "vim -q filename".  An
-easy way to do this is with the |:make| command (see below).  The
-'errorformat' option should be set to match the error messages from your
+If you have the error messages in a file you can start Vim with: >
+	vim -q filename
+
+From inside Vim an easy way to run a command and handle the output is with the
+|:make| command (see below).
+
+The 'errorformat' option should be set to match the error messages from your
 compiler (see |errorformat| below).

 						*location-list* *E776*
@@ -49,8 +51,8 @@ have a separate location list.  A location list can be associated with only
 one window.  The location list is independent of the quickfix list.

 When a window with a location list is split, the new window gets a copy of the
-location list.  When there are no references to a location list, the location
-list is destroyed.
+location list.  When there are no longer any references to a location list,
+the location list is destroyed.

 The following quickfix commands can be used.  The location list commands are
 similar to the quickfix commands, replacing the 'c' prefix in the quickfix
@@ -270,11 +272,24 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			The 'switchbuf' settings are respected when jumping
 			to a buffer.

+:cl[ist] +{count}	List the current and next {count} valid errors.  This
+			is similar to ":clist from from+count", where "from"
+			is the current error position.
+
 :cl[ist]! [from] [, [to]]
 			List all errors.

-							*:lli* *:llist*
-:lli[st] [from] [, [to]]
+:cl[ist]! +{count}	List the current and next {count} error lines.  This
+                        is useful to see unrecognized lines after the current
+			one.  For example, if ":clist" shows:
+        8384 testje.java:252: error: cannot find symbol ~
+                        Then using ":cl! +3" shows the reason:
+        8384 testje.java:252: error: cannot find symbol ~
+        8385:   ZexitCode = Fmainx(); ~
+        8386:               ^ ~
+        8387:   symbol:   method Fmainx() ~
+
+:lli[st] [from] [, [to]]				*:lli* *:llist*
 			Same as ":clist", except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.

@@ -318,7 +333,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				etc.
 <			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
 			is not present, the command fails.
-			When an error is detected excecution stops.
+			When an error is detected execution stops.
 			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
 			the current buffer.
 			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
@@ -420,6 +435,17 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:

 							*:lw* *:lwindow*
 :lw[indow] [height]	Same as ":cwindow", except use the window showing the
+			location list for the current window.
+
+							*:cbo* *:cbottom*
+:cbo[ttom]		Put the cursor in the last line of the quickfix window
+			and scroll to make it visible.  This is useful for
+			when errors are added by an asynchronous callback.
+			Only call it once in a while if there are many
+			updates to avoid a lot of redrawing.
+
+							*:lbo* *:lbottom*
+:lbo[ttom]		Same as ":cbottom", except use the window showing the
 			location list for the current window.

 Normally the quickfix window is at the bottom of the screen.  If there are
@@ -457,6 +483,9 @@ expression.
 The BufWinEnter event is also triggered, again using "quickfix" for the buffer
 name.

+Note: When adding to an existing quickfix list the autocommand are not
+triggered.
+
 Note: Making changes in the quickfix window has no effect on the list of
 errors.  'modifiable' is off to avoid making changes.  If you delete or insert
 lines anyway, the relation between the text and the error number is messed up.
@@ -501,7 +530,7 @@ lists.  They set one of the existing error lists as the current one.
 			list, an error message is given.

 						*:lolder* *:lol*
-:lol[der] [count]	Same as ":colder", except use the location list for
+:lol[der] [count]	Same as `:colder`, except use the location list for
 			the current window instead of the quickfix list.

 						*:cnewer* *:cnew* *E381*
@@ -510,9 +539,20 @@ lists.  They set one of the existing error lists as the current one.
 			list, an error message is given.

 						*:lnewer* *:lnew*
-:lnew[er] [count]	Same as ":cnewer", except use the location list for
+:lnew[er] [count]	Same as `:cnewer`, except use the location list for
 			the current window instead of the quickfix list.

+						*:chistory* *:chi*
+:chi[story]		Show the list of error lists.  The current list is
+			marked with ">".  The output looks like:
+				  error list 1 of 3; 43 errors ~
+				> error list 2 of 3; 0 errors ~
+				  error list 3 of 3; 15 errors ~
+
+						*:lhistory* *:lhi*
+:lhi[story]		Show the list of location lists, otherwise like
+			`:chistory`.
+
 When adding a new error list, it becomes the current list.

 When ":colder" has been used and ":make" or ":grep" is used to add a new error
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 24
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -680,6 +680,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'display'	  'dy'	    list of flags for how to display text
 'eadirection'	  'ead'     in which direction 'equalalways' works
 'edcompatible'	  'ed'	    toggle flags of ":substitute" command
+'emoji'		  'emo'	    emoji characters are considered full width
 'encoding'	  'enc'     encoding used internally
 'endofline'	  'eol'     write <EOL> for last line in file
 'equalalways'	  'ea'	    windows are automatically made the same size
@@ -769,7 +770,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'keywordprg'	  'kp'	    program to use for the "K" command
 'langmap'	  'lmap'    alphabetic characters for other language mode
 'langmenu'	  'lm'	    language to be used for the menus
-'langnoremap'	  'lnr'	    do not apply 'langmap' to mapped characters
+'langremap'	  'lrm'	    do apply 'langmap' to mapped characters
 'laststatus'	  'ls'	    tells when last window has status lines
 'lazyredraw'	  'lz'	    don't redraw while executing macros
 'linebreak'	  'lbr'     wrap long lines at a blank
@@ -784,6 +785,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'macatsui'		    Mac GUI: use ATSUI text drawing
 'macligatures'		    display ligatures (MacVim GUI only)
 'macmeta'	  'mmta'    use option as meta key (MacVim GUI only)
+'macthinstrokes'	    render the text lighter by using thin strokes (MacVim GUI only)
 'magic'			    changes special characters in search patterns
 'makeef'	  'mef'     name of the errorfile for ":make"
 'makeprg'	  'mp'	    program to use for the ":make" command
@@ -835,6 +837,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'printmbcharset'  'pmbcs'   CJK character set to be used for :hardcopy
 'printmbfont'	  'pmbfn'   font names to be used for CJK output of :hardcopy
 'printoptions'	  'popt'    controls the format of :hardcopy output
+'prompt'	  'prompt'  enable prompt in Ex mode
 'pumheight'	  'ph'	    maximum height of the popup menu
 'pythondll'		    name of the Python 2 dynamic library
 'pythonthreedll'	    name of the Python 3 dynamic library
@@ -886,6 +889,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'showtabline'	  'stal'    tells when the tab pages line is displayed
 'sidescroll'	  'ss'	    minimum number of columns to scroll horizontal
 'sidescrolloff'   'siso'    min. nr. of columns to left and right of cursor
+'signcolumn'	  'scl'	    when to display the sign column
 'smartcase'	  'scs'     no ignore case when pattern has uppercase
 'smartindent'	  'si'	    smart autoindenting for C programs
 'smarttab'	  'sta'     use 'shiftwidth' when inserting <Tab>
@@ -919,6 +923,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'term'			    name of the terminal
 'termbidi'	  'tbidi'   terminal takes care of bi-directionality
 'termencoding'	  'tenc'    character encoding used by the terminal
+'termguicolors'	  'tgc'     use GUI colors for the terminal
 'terse'			    shorten some messages
 'textauto'	  'ta'	    obsolete, use 'fileformats'
 'textmode'	  'tx'	    obsolete, use 'fileformat'
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 15
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 11


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -8,13 +8,14 @@ Repeating commands, Vim scripts and debugging			*repeating*

 Chapter 26 of the user manual introduces repeating |usr_26.txt|.

-1. Single repeats	|single-repeat|
-2. Multiple repeats	|multi-repeat|
-3. Complex repeats	|complex-repeat|
-4. Using Vim scripts	|using-scripts|
-5. Using Vim packages	|packages|
-6. Debugging scripts	|debug-scripts|
-7. Profiling		|profiling|
+1. Single repeats		|single-repeat|
+2. Multiple repeats		|multi-repeat|
+3. Complex repeats		|complex-repeat|
+4. Using Vim scripts		|using-scripts|
+5. Using Vim packages		|packages|
+6. Creating Vim packages	|package-create|
+7. Debugging scripts		|debug-scripts|
+8. Profiling			|profiling|

 ==============================================================================
 1. Single repeats					*single-repeat*
@@ -71,8 +72,8 @@ examples.
 The global commands work by first scanning through the [range] lines and
 marking each line where a match occurs (for a multi-line pattern, only the
 start of the match matters).
-In a second scan the [cmd] is executed for each marked line with its line
-number prepended.  For ":v" and ":g!" the command is executed for each not
+In a second scan the [cmd] is executed for each marked line, as if the cursor
+was in that line.  For ":v" and ":g!" the command is executed for each not
 marked line.  If a line is deleted its mark disappears.
 The default for [range] is the whole buffer (1,$).  Use "CTRL-C" to interrupt
 the command.  If an error message is given for a line, the command for that
@@ -157,7 +158,7 @@ q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 :[addr]@:		Repeat last command-line.  First set cursor at line
 			[addr] (default is current line).  {not in Vi}

-							*:@@*
+:[addr]@							*:@@*
 :[addr]@@		Repeat the previous :@{0-9a-z"}.  First set cursor at
 			line [addr] (default is current line).  {Vi: only in
 			some versions}
@@ -231,10 +232,15 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 				pack/*/opt/{name} ~
 			The directory is added to 'runtimepath' if it wasn't
 			there yet.
+			If the directory pack/*/opt/{name}/after exists it is
+			added at the end of 'runtimepath'.

 			Note that {name} is the directory name, not the name
-			of the .vim file.  If the "{name}/plugin" directory
-			contains more than one file they are all sourced.
+			of the .vim file.  All the files matching the pattern
+				pack/*/opt/{name}/plugin/**/*.vim ~
+			will be sourced.  This allows for using subdirectories
+			below "plugin", just like with plugins in
+			'runtimepath'.

 			If the filetype detection was not enabled yet (this
 			is usually done with a "syntax enable" or "filetype
@@ -250,16 +256,25 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			Also see |pack-add|.

 						*:packl* *:packloadall*
-:packloadall[!]		Load all packages in the "start" directories under
-			'packpath'.  The directories found are added to
-			'runtimepath'.
+:packl[oadall][!]	Load all packages in the "start" directory under each
+			entry in 'packpath'.
+			
+			First all the directories found are added to
+			'runtimepath', then the plugins found in the
+			directories are sourced.  This allows for a plugin to
+			depend on something of another plugin, e.g. an
+			"autoload" directory.  See |packload-two-steps| for
+			how this can be useful.
+
 			This is normally done automatically during startup,
 			after loading your .vimrc file.  With this command it
 			can be done earlier.
+
 			Packages will be loaded only once.  After this command
 			it won't happen again.  When the optional ! is added
 			this command will load packages even when done before.
-			An Error only causes sourcing the script where it
+
+			An error only causes sourcing the script where it
 			happens to be aborted, further plugins will be loaded.
 			See |packages|.

@@ -280,7 +295,9 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 				... not converted ...

 <			When conversion isn't supported by the system, there
-			is no error message and no conversion is done.
+			is no error message and no conversion is done.  When a
+			line can't be converted there is no error and the
+			original line is kept.

 			Don't use "ucs-2" or "ucs-4", scripts cannot be in
 			these encodings (they would contain NUL bytes).
@@ -470,8 +487,9 @@ You would now have these files under ~/.vim:
 	pack/foo/opt/foodebug/plugin/debugger.vim

 When Vim starts up, after processing your .vimrc, it scans all directories in
-'packpath' for plugins under the "pack/*/start" directory and loads them.  The
-directory is added to 'runtimepath'.
+'packpath' for plugins under the "pack/*/start" directory.  First all those
+directories are added to 'runtimepath'.  Then all the plugins are loaded.
+See |packload-two-steps| for how these two steps can be useful.

 In the example Vim will find "pack/foo/start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim" and adds 
 "~/.vim/pack/foo/start/foobar" to 'runtimepath'.
@@ -481,7 +499,7 @@ find the syntax/some.vim file, because its directory is in 'runtimepath'.

 Vim will also load ftdetect files, if there are any.

-Note that the files under "pack/foo/opt" or not loaded automatically, only the
+Note that the files under "pack/foo/opt" are not loaded automatically, only the
 ones under "pack/foo/start".  See |pack-add| below for how the "opt" directory
 is used.

@@ -493,6 +511,9 @@ To load packages earlier, so that 'runtimepath' gets updated: >
 This also works when loading plugins is disabled.  The automatic loading will
 only happen once.

+If the package has an "after" directory, that directory is added to the end of
+'runtimepath', so that anything there will be loaded later.
+

 Using a single plugin and loading it automatically ~

@@ -516,14 +537,107 @@ To load an optional plugin from a pack use the `:packadd` command: >
 This searches for "pack/*/opt/foodebug" in 'packpath' and will find
 ~/.vim/pack/foo/opt/foodebug/plugin/debugger.vim and source it.

-This could be done inside always.vim, if some conditions are met.  Or you
-could add this command to your |.vimrc|.
+This could be done if some conditions are met.  For example, depending on
+whether Vim supports a feature or a dependency is missing.
+
+You can also load an optional plugin at startup, by putting this command in
+your |.vimrc|: >
+	:packadd! foodebug
+The extra "!" is so that the plugin isn't loaded if Vim was started with
+|--noplugin|.

 It is perfectly normal for a package to only have files in the "opt"
 directory.  You then need to load each plugin when you want to use it.

+
+Where to put what ~
+
+Since color schemes, loaded with `:colorscheme`, are found below
+"pack/*/start" and "pack/*/opt", you could put them anywhere.  We recommend
+you put them below "pack/*/opt", for example
+".vim/pack/mycolors/opt/dark/colors/very_dark.vim".
+
+Filetype plugins should go under "pack/*/start", so that they are always
+found.  Unless you have more than one plugin for a file type and want to
+select which one to load with `:packadd`.  E.g. depending on the compiler
+version: >
+	if foo_compiler_version > 34
+	  packadd foo_new
+	else
+	  packadd foo_old
+	endif
+
+The "after" directory is most likely not useful in a package.  It's not
+disallowed though.
+
 ==============================================================================
-6. Debugging scripts					*debug-scripts*
+6. Creating Vim packages				*package-create*
+
+This assumes you write one or more plugins that you distribute as a package.
+
+If you have two unrelated plugins you would use two packages, so that Vim
+users can chose what they include or not.  Or you can decide to use one
+package with optional plugins, and tell the user to add the ones he wants with
+`:packadd`.
+
+Decide how you want to distribute the package.  You can create an archive or
+you could use a repository.  An archive can be used by more users, but is a
+bit harder to update to a new version.  A repository can usually be kept
+up-to-date easily, but it requires a program like "git" to be available.
+You can do both, github can automatically create an archive for a release.
+
+Your directory layout would be like this:
+   start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim    	" always loaded, defines commands
+   start/foobar/plugin/bar.vim    	" always loaded, defines commands
+   start/foobar/autoload/foo.vim  	" loaded when foo command used
+   start/foobar/doc/foo.txt       	" help for foo.vim
+   start/foobar/doc/tags          	" help tags
+   opt/fooextra/plugin/extra.vim  	" optional plugin, defines commands
+   opt/fooextra/autoload/extra.vim  	" loaded when extra command used
+   opt/fooextra/doc/extra.txt  	        " help for extra.vim
+   opt/fooextra/doc/tags  	        " help tags
+
+This allows for the user to do: >
+	mkdir ~/.vim/pack/myfoobar
+	cd ~/.vim/pack/myfoobar
+	git clone https://github.com/you/foobar.git
+
+Here "myfoobar" is a name that the user can choose, the only condition is that
+it differs from other packages.
+
+In your documentation you explain what the plugins do, and tell the user how
+to load the optional plugin: >
+	:packadd! fooextra
+
+You could add this packadd command in one of your plugins, to be executed when
+the optional plugin is needed.
+
+Run the `:helptags` command to generate the doc/tags file.  Including this
+generated file in the package means that the user can drop the package in his
+pack directory and the help command works right away.  Don't forget to re-run
+the command after changing the plugin help: >
+	:helptags path/start/foobar/doc
+	:helptags path/opt/fooextra/doc
+
+
+Dependencies between plugins ~
+							*packload-two-steps*
+Suppose you have two plugins that depend on the same functionality. You can
+put the common functionality in an autoload directory, so that it will be
+found automatically.  Your package would have these files:
+
+	pack/foo/start/one/plugin/one.vim  >
+		call foolib#getit()
+<	pack/foo/start/two/plugin/two.vim >
+		call foolib#getit()
+<	pack/foo/start/lib/autoload/foolib.vim >
+		func foolib#getit()
+
+This works, because loading packages will first add all found directories to
+'runtimepath' before sourcing the plugins.
+
+==============================================================================
+7. Debugging scripts					*debug-scripts*

 Besides the obvious messages that you can add to your scripts to find out what
 they are doing, Vim offers a debug mode.  This allows you to step through a
@@ -748,7 +862,7 @@ OBSCURE
 		user, don't use typeahead for debug commands.

 ==============================================================================
-7. Profiling						*profile* *profiling*
+8. Profiling						*profile* *profiling*

 Profiling means that Vim measures the time that is spent on executing
 functions and/or scripts.  The |+profile| feature is required for this.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 07
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 17


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -45,8 +45,10 @@ There are two steps in using signs:

 When signs are defined for a file, Vim will automatically add a column of two
 characters to display them in.  When the last sign is unplaced the column
-disappears again.  The color of the column is set with the SignColumn group
-|hl-SignColumn|.  Example to set the color: >
+disappears again.  This behavior can be changed with the 'signcolumn' option.
+
+The color of the column is set with the SignColumn group |hl-SignColumn|.
+Example to set the color: >

 	:highlight SignColumn guibg=darkgrey

@@ -195,7 +197,9 @@ JUMPING TO A SIGN					*:sign-jump* *E157*
 		If the file isn't displayed in window and the current file can
 		not be |abandon|ed this fails.

-:sign jump {id} buffer={nr}
-		Same, but use buffer {nr}.
+:sign jump {id} buffer={nr}					*E934*
+		Same, but use buffer {nr}.  This fails if buffer {nr} does not
+		have a name.
+

 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 05
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 09


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -249,7 +249,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 -Z		Restricted mode.  All commands that make use of an external
 		shell are disabled.  This includes suspending with CTRL-Z,
 		":sh", filtering, the system() function, backtick expansion,
-		delete(), rename(), mkdir(), writefile(), libcall(), etc.
+		delete(), rename(), mkdir(), writefile(), libcall(),
+		job_start(), etc.
 		{not in Vi}

 							*-g*
@@ -806,13 +807,13 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	MacVim.app, this only applies to the older Carbon version).

 	  *VIMINIT* *.vimrc* *_vimrc* *EXINIT* *.exrc* *_exrc* *$MYVIMRC*
-     c. Four places are searched for initializations.  The first that exists
+     c. Five places are searched for initializations.  The first that exists
 	is used, the others are ignored.  The $MYVIMRC environment variable is
 	set to the file that was first found, unless $MYVIMRC was already set
 	and when using VIMINIT.
-	-  The environment variable VIMINIT (see also |compatible-default|) (*)
-	   The value of $VIMINIT is used as an Ex command line.
-	-  The user vimrc file(s):
+	I   The environment variable VIMINIT (see also |compatible-default|) (*)
+	    The value of $VIMINIT is used as an Ex command line.
+	II  The user vimrc file(s):
 		    "$HOME/.vimrc"	   (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
 		    "$HOME/.vim/vimrc"	   (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
 		    "s:.vimrc"		   (for Amiga) (*)
@@ -829,15 +830,16 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 		Note: For MS-DOS and Win32, "$HOME" is checked first.  If no
 		"_vimrc" or ".vimrc" is found there, "$VIM" is tried.
 		See |$VIM| for when $VIM is not set.
-	-  The environment variable EXINIT.
-	   The value of $EXINIT is used as an Ex command line.
-	-  The user exrc file(s).  Same as for the user vimrc file, but with
-	   "vimrc" replaced by "exrc".  But only one of ".exrc" and "_exrc" is
-	   used, depending on the system.  And without the (*)!
-	-  You would usually have "syntax on" and/or "filetype on" commands,
-	   which trigger initializing filetype detection, see |syntax-loading|.
+	III The environment variable EXINIT.
+	    The value of $EXINIT is used as an Ex command line.
+	IV  The user exrc file(s).  Same as for the user vimrc file, but with
+	    "vimrc" replaced by "exrc".  But only one of ".exrc" and "_exrc" is
+	    used, depending on the system.  And without the (*)!
+	V   The default vimrc file, $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim.  This sets up
+	    options values and has "syntax on" and "filetype on" commands,
+	    which is what most new users will want.  See |defaults.vim|.

-     d. If the 'exrc' option is on (which is not the default), the current
+     d. If the 'exrc' option is on (which is NOT the default), the current
 	directory is searched for three files.  The first that exists is used,
 	the others are ignored.
 	-  The file ".vimrc" (for Unix, Amiga and OS/2) (*)
@@ -857,6 +859,8 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	searched for the "plugin" sub-directory and all files ending in ".vim"
 	will be sourced (in alphabetical order per directory), also in
 	subdirectories.
+	However, directories in 'runtimepath' ending in "after" are skipped
+	here and only loaded after packages, see below.
 	Loading plugins won't be done when:
 	- The 'loadplugins' option was reset in a vimrc file.
 	- The |--noplugin| command line argument is used.
@@ -864,11 +868,17 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	- When Vim was compiled without the |+eval| feature.
 	Note that using "-c 'set noloadplugins'" doesn't work, because the
 	commands from the command line have not been executed yet.  You can
-	use "--cmd 'set noloadplugins'" |--cmd|.
+	use "--cmd 'set noloadplugins'" or "--cmd 'set loadplugins'" |--cmd|.

-	Plugin packs are loaded.  These are plugins, as above, but found in
-	'packpath' directories.  Every plugin directory found is added in
-	'runtimepath'.  See |packages|.
+	Packages are loaded.  These are plugins, as above, but found in the
+	"start" directory of each entry in 'packpath'.  Every plugin directory
+	found is added in 'runtimepath' and then the plugins are sourced.  See
+	|packages|.
+
+	The plugins scripts are loaded, as above, but now only the directories
+	ending in "after" are used.  Note that 'runtimepath' will have changed
+	if packages have been found, but that should not add a directory
+	ending in "after".

 5. Set 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir'
 	The 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir' options are set according to the
@@ -906,11 +916,16 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 12. Execute startup commands
 	If a "-t" flag was given to Vim, the tag is jumped to.
 	The commands given with the |-c| and |+cmd| arguments are executed.
-	The starting flag is reset, has("vim_starting") will now return zero.
 	If the 'insertmode' option is set, Insert mode is entered.
+	The starting flag is reset, has("vim_starting") will now return zero.
+	The |v:vim_did_enter| variable is set to 1.
 	The |VimEnter| autocommands are executed.

-Some hints on using initializations:
+The $MYVIMRC or $MYGVIMRC file will be set to the first found vimrc and/or
+gvimrc file.
+
+
+Some hints on using initializations ~

 Standard setup:
 Create a vimrc file to set the default settings and mappings for all your edit
@@ -933,39 +948,62 @@ want to set the defaults for all users.  Create a vimrc file with commands
 for default settings and mappings and put it in the place that is given with
 the ":version" command.

-Saving the current state of Vim to a file:
+
+Saving the current state of Vim to a file ~
+
 Whenever you have changed values of options or when you have created a
 mapping, then you may want to save them in a vimrc file for later use.  See
 |save-settings| about saving the current state of settings to a file.

-Avoiding setup problems for Vi users:
+
+Avoiding setup problems for Vi users ~
+
 Vi uses the variable EXINIT and the file "~/.exrc".  So if you do not want to
 interfere with Vi, then use the variable VIMINIT and the file "vimrc" instead.

-Amiga environment variables:
+
+Amiga environment variables ~
+
 On the Amiga, two types of environment variables exist.  The ones set with the
 DOS 1.3 (or later) setenv command are recognized.  See the AmigaDos 1.3
 manual.  The environment variables set with the old Manx Set command (before
 version 5.0) are not recognized.

-MS-DOS line separators:
+
+MS-DOS line separators ~
+
 On MS-DOS-like systems (MS-DOS itself, Win32, and OS/2), Vim assumes that all
 the vimrc files have <CR> <NL> pairs as line separators.  This will give
 problems if you have a file with only <NL>s and have a line like
 ":map xx yy^M".  The trailing ^M will be ignored.

+
+Vi compatible default value ~
 						     *compatible-default*
 When Vim starts, the 'compatible' option is on.  This will be used when Vim
-starts its initializations.  But as soon as a user vimrc file is found, or a
-vimrc file in the current directory, or the "VIMINIT" environment variable is
-set, it will be set to 'nocompatible'.  This has the side effect of setting or
-resetting other options (see 'compatible').  But only the options that have
-not been set or reset will be changed.  This has the same effect like the
-value of 'compatible' had this value when starting Vim.  Note that this
-doesn't happen for the system-wide vimrc file nor when Vim was started with
-the |-u| command line argument.  It does also happen for gvimrc files.  The
-$MYVIMRC or $MYGVIMRC file will be set to the first found vimrc and/or gvimrc
-file.
+starts its initializations.  But as soon as:
+- a user vimrc file is found, or
+- a vimrc file in the current directory, or
+- the "VIMINIT" environment variable is set, or
+- the "-N" command line argument is given, or
+  even when no vimrc file exists.
+- the |defaults.vim| script is loaded, or
+- gvimrc file was found,
+then it will be set to 'nocompatible'.
+
+Note that this does NOT happen when a system-wide vimrc file was found.
+
+This has the side effect of setting or resetting other options (see
+'compatible').  But only the options that have not been set or reset will be
+changed.  This has the same effect like the value of 'compatible' had this
+value when starting Vim.
+
+'compatible' is NOT reset, and |defaults.vim| is not loaded:
+- when Vim was started with the |-u| command line argument, especially with
+  "-u NONE", or
+- when started with the |-C| command line argument, or
+- when the name of the executable ends in "ex". (This has been done to make
+  Vim behave like "ex", when it is started as "ex")

 But there is a side effect of setting or resetting 'compatible' at the moment
 a .vimrc file is found: Mappings are interpreted the moment they are
@@ -973,18 +1011,35 @@ encountered.  This makes a difference when using things like "<CR>".  If the
 mappings depend on a certain value of 'compatible', set or reset it before
 giving the mapping.

-The above behavior can be overridden in these ways:
- If the "-N" command line argument is given, 'nocompatible' will be used,
-  even when no vimrc file exists.
- If the "-C" command line argument is given, 'compatible' will be used, even
-  when a vimrc file exists.
- If the "-u {vimrc}" argument is used, 'compatible' will be used.
- When the name of the executable ends in "ex", then this works like the "-C"
-  argument was given: 'compatible' will be used, even when a vimrc file
-  exists.  This has been done to make Vim behave like "ex", when it is started
-  as "ex".

-Avoiding trojan horses:					*trojan-horse*
+Defaults without a .vimrc file ~
+							*defaults.vim*
+If Vim is started normally and no user vimrc file is found, the
+$VIMRUTIME/defaults.vim script is loaded.  This will set 'compatible' off,
+switch on syntax highlighting and a few more things.  See the script for
+details.  NOTE: this is done since Vim 8.0, not in Vim 7.4. (it was added in
+patch 7.4.2111 to be exact).
+
+This should work well for new Vim users.  If you create your own .vimrc, it is
+recommended to add this line somewhere near the top: >
+	unlet! skip_defaults_vim
+	source $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim
+Then Vim works like before you had a .vimrc. Copying $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example
+is way to do this.  Alternatively, you can copy defaults.vim to your .vimrc
+and modify it (but then you won't get updates when it changes).
+
+If you don't like some of the defaults, you can still source defaults.vim and
+revert individual settings.  See the defaults.vim file for hints on how to
+revert each item.
+						*skip_defaults_vim*
+If you use a system-wide vimrc and don't want defaults.vim to change settings,
+set the "skip_defaults_vim" variable.  If this was set and you want to load
+defaults.vim from your .vimrc, first unlet skip_defaults_vim, as in the
+example above.
+
+
+Avoiding trojan horses ~
+							*trojan-horse*
 While reading the "vimrc" or the "exrc" file in the current directory, some
 commands can be disabled for security reasons by setting the 'secure' option.
 This is always done when executing the command from a tags file.  Otherwise it
@@ -1007,6 +1062,8 @@ Be careful!
 part of the line in the tags file) is always done in secure mode.  This works
 just like executing a command from a vimrc/exrc in the current directory.

+
+If Vim startup is slow ~
 							*slow-start*
 If Vim takes a long time to start up, use the |--startuptime| argument to find
 out what happens.  There are a few common causes:
@@ -1021,6 +1078,8 @@ out what happens.  There are a few common causes:
  moment (use the Vim argument "-i NONE", |-i|).  Try reducing the number of
  lines stored in a register with ":set viminfo='20,<50,s10".  |viminfo-file|.

+
+Intro message ~
 							*:intro*
 When Vim starts without a file name, an introductory message is displayed (for
 those who don't know what Vim is).  It is removed as soon as the display is
@@ -1411,6 +1470,34 @@ file (it's actually merged with the existing one, if one exists).  The
 'viminfo' option is a string containing information about what info should be
 stored, and contains limits on how much should be stored (see 'viminfo').

+Merging happens in two ways.  Most items that have been changed or set in the
+current Vim session are stored, and what was not changed is filled from what
+is currently in the viminfo file.  For example:
+- Vim session A reads the viminfo, which contains variable START.
+- Vim session B does the same
+- Vim session A sets the variables AAA and BOTH and exits
+- Vim session B sets the variables BBB and BOTH and exits
+Now the viminfo will have:
+   START - it was in the viminfo and wasn't changed in session A or B
+   AAA   - value from session A, session B kept it
+   BBB   - value from session B
+   BOTH  - value from session B, value from session A is lost
+
+							*viminfo-timestamp*
+For some items a timestamp is used to keep the last changed version.  Here it
+doesn't matter in which sequence Vim sessions exit, the newest item(s) are
+always kept.  This is used for:
+- The command line history.
+- The search string history.
+- The input-line history.
+- Contents of non-empty registers.
+- The jump list
+- File marks
+The timestamp feature was added before Vim 8.0.  Older versions of Vim,
+starting with 7.4.1131, will keep the items with timestamp, but not use them.
+Thus when using both an older and a newer version of Vim the most recent data
+will be kept.
+
 Notes for Unix:
 - The file protection for the viminfo file will be set to prevent other users
  from being able to read it, because it may contain any text or commands that
@@ -1533,14 +1620,14 @@ most of the information will be restored).
 			already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.)
 			will be overwritten   {not in Vi}

-				*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886*
+			*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886* *E929*
 :wv[iminfo][!] [file]	Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
 			The information in the file is first read in to make
 			a merge between old and new info.  When [!] is used,
 			the old information is not read first, only the
 			internal info is written.  If 'viminfo' is empty, marks
 			for up to 100 files will be written.
-			When you get error "E138: Can't write viminfo file"
+			When you get error "E929: Too many viminfo temp files"
 			check that no old temp files were left behind (e.g.
 			~/.viminf*) and that you can write in the directory of
 			the .viminfo file.
@@ -1549,8 +1636,11 @@ most of the information will be restored).
 						*:ol* *:oldfiles*
 :ol[dfiles]		List the files that have marks stored in the viminfo
 			file.  This list is read on startup and only changes
-			afterwards with ":rviminfo!".  Also see |v:oldfiles|.
+			afterwards with `:rviminfo!`.  Also see |v:oldfiles|.
 			The number can be used with |c_#<|.
+			The output can be filtered with |:filter|, e.g.: >
+				filter /\.vim/ oldfiles
+<			The filtering happens on the file name.
 			{not in Vi, only when compiled with the |+eval|
 			feature}

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 12
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 09


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -941,26 +941,29 @@ To disable them use ":unlet".  Example: >
 	:unlet c_comment_strings

 Variable		Highlight ~
-c_gnu			GNU gcc specific items
-c_comment_strings	strings and numbers inside a comment
-c_space_errors		trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
-c_no_trail_space_error	 ... but no trailing spaces
-c_no_tab_space_error	 ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
-c_no_bracket_error	don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
-c_no_curly_error	don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
+*c_gnu*			GNU gcc specific items
+*c_comment_strings*	strings and numbers inside a comment
+*c_space_errors*		trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
+*c_no_trail_space_error*	 ... but no trailing spaces
+*c_no_tab_space_error*	 ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
+*c_no_bracket_error*	don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
+*c_no_curly_error*	don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
 				except { and } in first column
-c_curly_error		highlight a missing }; this forces syncing from the
+				Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
+				can't spot a missing ")".
+*c_curly_error*		highlight a missing }; this forces syncing from the
 			start of the file, can be slow
-c_no_ansi		don't do standard ANSI types and constants
-c_ansi_typedefs		 ... but do standard ANSI types
-c_ansi_constants	 ... but do standard ANSI constants
-c_no_utf		don't highlight \u and \U in strings
-c_syntax_for_h		for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
+*c_no_ansi*		don't do standard ANSI types and constants
+*c_ansi_typedefs*		 ... but do standard ANSI types
+*c_ansi_constants*	 ... but do standard ANSI constants
+*c_no_utf*		don't highlight \u and \U in strings
+*c_syntax_for_h*		for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
 			syntax instead of objcpp
-c_no_if0		don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
-c_no_cformat		don't highlight %-formats in strings
-c_no_c99		don't highlight C99 standard items
-c_no_c11		don't highlight C11 standard items
+*c_no_if0*		don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
+*c_no_cformat*		don't highlight %-formats in strings
+*c_no_c99*		don't highlight C99 standard items
+*c_no_c11*		don't highlight C11 standard items
+*c_no_bsd*		don't highlight BSD specific types

 When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
 become a fold.  If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
@@ -1042,6 +1045,21 @@ This works immediately.

 CLOJURE							*ft-clojure-syntax*

+The default syntax groups can be augmented through the
+*g:clojure_syntax_keywords* and *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* variables. The
+value should be a |Dictionary| of syntax group names to a |List| of custom
+identifiers:
+>
+	let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
+	    \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
+	    \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
+	    \ }
+<
+Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
+
+If the |buffer-variable| *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* is set, only
+language constants and special forms are matched.
+
 Setting *g:clojure_fold* enables folding Clojure code via the syntax engine.
 Any list, vector, or map that extends over more than one line can be folded
 using the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
@@ -2651,7 +2669,76 @@ your .vimrc:  *g:filetype_r*

 RUBY						*ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*

-There are a number of options to the Ruby syntax highlighting.
+    Ruby: Operator highlighting		|ruby_operators|
+    Ruby: Whitespace errors		|ruby_space_errors|
+    Ruby: Folding			|ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
+    Ruby: Reducing expensive operations	|ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
+    Ruby: Spellchecking strings		|ruby_spellcheck_strings|
+
+						*ruby_operators*
+ Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
+
+Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
+
+	:let ruby_operators = 1
+<
+						*ruby_space_errors*
+ Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
+
+Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
+
+	:let ruby_space_errors = 1
+<
+This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
+as errors.  This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
+"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
+spaces respectively.
+
+					*ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
+ Ruby: Folding ~
+
+Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
+
+	:let ruby_fold = 1
+<
+This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
+buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
+filetypes.
+
+						*ruby_foldable_groups*
+Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
+"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
+
+You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
+
+        :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
+<
+The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
+
+    keyword       meaning ~
+    --------  ------------------------------------- ~
+    ALL        Most block syntax (default)
+    NONE       Nothing
+    if         "if" or "unless" block
+    def        "def" block
+    class      "class" block
+    module     "module" block
+    do         "do" block
+    begin      "begin" block
+    case       "case" block
+    for        "for", "while", "until" loops
+    {          Curly bracket block or hash literal
+    [          Array literal
+    %          Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
+    /          Regexp
+    string     String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
+    :          Symbol
+    #          Multiline comment
+    <<         Here documents
+    __END__    Source code after "__END__" directive
+
+						*ruby_no_expensive*
+ Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~

 By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
 of the block it closes.  While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
@@ -2662,6 +2749,8 @@ you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
 <
 In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.

+						*ruby_minlines*
+
 If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
 scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
 the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
@@ -2671,48 +2760,13 @@ the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
 Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
 largest class or module.

-Highlighting of special identifiers can be disabled by removing the
-rubyIdentifier highlighting: >
+						*ruby_spellcheck_strings*
+ Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~

-	:hi link rubyIdentifier NONE
-<
-This will prevent highlighting of special identifiers like "ConstantName",
-"$global_var", "@@class_var", "@instance_var", "| block_param |", and
-":symbol".
+Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
+"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >

-Significant methods of Kernel, Module and Object are highlighted by default.
-This can be disabled by defining "ruby_no_special_methods": >
-
-	:let ruby_no_special_methods = 1
-<
-This will prevent highlighting of important methods such as "require", "attr",
-"private", "raise" and "proc".
-
-Ruby operators can be highlighted. This is enabled by defining
-"ruby_operators": >
-
-	:let ruby_operators = 1
-<
-Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
-
-	:let ruby_space_errors = 1
-<
-This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
-as errors.  This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
-"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
-spaces respectively.
-
-Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
-
-	:let ruby_fold = 1
-<
-This will set the 'foldmethod' option to "syntax" and allow folding of
-classes, modules, methods, code blocks, heredocs and comments.
-
-Folding of multiline comments can be disabled by defining
-"ruby_no_comment_fold": >
-
-	:let ruby_no_comment_fold = 1
+	:let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
 <

 SCHEME						*scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
@@ -3746,7 +3800,7 @@ Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
 'conceallevel' option.  The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
 concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
 edit the line.
-Another way to conceal text with with |matchadd()|.
+Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.

 concealends						*:syn-concealends*

@@ -4778,6 +4832,10 @@ font={font-name}					*highlight-font*
 	All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
 	character size as the default font!  Otherwise redrawing problems will
 	occur.
+	To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
+	put it in single quotes.  The single quote cannot be used then.
+	Example: >
+	    :hi comment font='Monospace 10'

 guifg={color-name}					*highlight-guifg*
 guibg={color-name}					*highlight-guibg*
@@ -4848,6 +4906,9 @@ DiffChange	diff mode: Changed line |diff.txt|
 DiffDelete	diff mode: Deleted line |diff.txt|
 							*hl-DiffText*
 DiffText	diff mode: Changed text within a changed line |diff.txt|
+							*hl-EndOfBuffer*
+EndOfBuffer	filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
+		By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
 							*hl-ErrorMsg*
 ErrorMsg	error messages on the command line
 							*hl-VertSplit*
@@ -4876,10 +4937,10 @@ ModeMsg		'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
 							*hl-MoreMsg*
 MoreMsg		|more-prompt|
 							*hl-NonText*
-NonText		'~' and '@' at the end of the window, characters from
-		'showbreak' and other characters that do not really exist in
-		the text (e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character
-		doesn't fit at the end of the line).
+NonText		'@' at the end of the window, characters from 'showbreak'
+		and other characters that do not really exist in the text
+		(e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't
+		fit at the end of the line).
 							*hl-Normal*
 Normal		normal text
 							*hl-Pmenu*
@@ -5047,6 +5108,9 @@ defaults back: >

  :syntax reset

+It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
+affects the highlighting.
+
 This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.

 Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 04
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 09


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -87,14 +87,21 @@ In the GUI tab pages line you can use the right mouse button to open menu.
 		Execute {cmd} and when it opens a new window open a new tab
 		page instead.  Doesn't work for |:diffsplit|, |:diffpatch|,
 		|:execute| and |:normal|.
-		When [count] is omitted the tab page appears after the current
-		one.
-		When [count] is specified the new tab page comes after tab
-		page [count].  Use ":0tab cmd" to get the new tab page as the
-		first one.
+		If [count] is given the new tab page appears after the tab
+		page [count] otherwise the new tab page will appear after the
+		current one.
 		Examples: >
-			:tab split	" opens current buffer in new tab page
-			:tab help gt	" opens tab page with help for "gt"
+		    :tab split	    " opens current buffer in new tab page
+		    :tab help gt    " opens tab page with help for "gt"
+		    :.tab help gt   " as above
+		    :+tab help	    " opens tab page with help after the next
+				    " tab page
+		    :-tab help	    " opens tab page with help before the
+				    " current one
+		    :0tab help	    " opens tab page with help before the
+				    " first one
+		    :$tab help	    " opens tab page with help after the last
+				    " one

 CTRL-W gf	Open a new tab page and edit the file name under the cursor.
 		See |CTRL-W_gf|.
@@ -141,10 +148,11 @@ something else.
 		given, then they become hidden.  But modified buffers are
 		never abandoned, so changes cannot get lost. >
 		    :tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the current
+				    " one

 :{count}tabo[nly][!]
 		Close all tab pages except the {count}th one. >
-		    :.tabonly	    " one
+		    :.tabonly	    " as above
 		    :-tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the previous
 				    " one
 		    :+tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the next one
@@ -193,6 +201,12 @@ Other commands:
 :tabs		List the tab pages and the windows they contain.
 		Shows a ">" for the current window.
 		Shows a "+" for modified buffers.
+		For example:
+			Tab page 1 ~
+			  + tabpage.txt ~
+			    ex_docmd.c ~
+			Tab page 2 ~
+			>   main.c ~


 REORDERING TAB PAGES:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Oct 01
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 20


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -84,14 +84,23 @@ Note that when the current file changes, the priority list is mostly not
 changed, to avoid confusion when using ":tnext".  It is changed when using
 ":tag {ident}".

-The ignore-case matches are not found for a ":tag" command when the
-'ignorecase' option is off and 'tagcase' is "followic" or when 'tagcase' is
-"match".  They are found when a pattern is used (starting with a "/") and for
-":tselect", also when 'ignorecase' is off and 'tagcase' is "followic" or when
-'tagcase' is "match".  Note that using ignore-case tag searching disables
-binary searching in the tags file, which causes a slowdown.  This can be
-avoided by fold-case sorting the tag file.  See the 'tagbsearch' option for an
-explanation.
+The ignore-case matches are not found for a ":tag" command when:
+- the 'ignorecase' option is off and 'tagcase' is "followic"
+- 'tagcase' is "match"
+- 'tagcase' is "smart" and the pattern contains an upper case character.
+- 'tagcase' is "followscs" and 'smartcase' option is on and the pattern
+  contains an upper case character.
+
+The gnore-case matches are found when:
+- a pattern is used (starting with a "/")
+- for ":tselect"
+- when 'tagcase' is "followic" and 'ignorecase' is off
+- when 'tagcase' is "match"
+- when 'tagcase' is "followscs" and the 'smartcase' option is off
+
+Note that using ignore-case tag searching disables binary searching in the
+tags file, which causes a slowdown.  This can be avoided by fold-case sorting
+the tag file. See the 'tagbsearch' option for an explanation.

 ==============================================================================
 2. Tag stack				*tag-stack* *tagstack* *E425*
@@ -442,13 +451,18 @@ file "tags".  It can also be used to access a common tags file.
 The next file in the list is not used when:
 - A matching static tag for the current buffer has been found.
 - A matching global tag has been found.
-This also depends on whether case is ignored.  Case is ignored when
-'ignorecase' is set and 'tagcase' is "followic", or when 'tagcase' is
-"ignore".  If case is not ignored, and the tags file only has a match without
-matching case, the next tags file is searched for a match with matching case.
-If no tag with matching case is found, the first match without matching case
-is used.  If case is ignored, and a matching global tag with or without
-matching case is found, this one is used, no further tags files are searched.
+This also depends on whether case is ignored.  Case is ignored when:
+- 'tagcase' is "followic" and 'ignorecase' is set
+- 'tagcase' is "ignore"
+- 'tagcase' is "smart" and the pattern only contains lower case
+  characters.
+- 'tagcase' is "followscs" and 'smartcase' is set and the pattern only
+  contains lower case characters.
+If case is not ignored, and the tags file only has a match without matching
+case, the next tags file is searched for a match with matching case.  If no
+tag with matching case is found, the first match without matching case is
+used.  If case is ignored, and a matching global tag with or without matching
+case is found, this one is used, no further tags files are searched.

 When a tag file name starts with "./", the '.' is replaced with the path of
 the current file.  This makes it possible to use a tags file in the directory
@@ -819,24 +833,24 @@ CTRL-W d		Open a new window, with the cursor on the first

 								*:search-args*
 Common arguments for the commands above:
-[!]   When included, find matches in lines that are recognized as comments.
-      When excluded, a match is ignored when the line is recognized as a
-      comment (according to 'comments'), or the match is in a C comment (after
-      "//" or inside /* */).  Note that a match may be missed if a line is
-      recognized as a comment, but the comment ends halfway the line.
-      And  if the line is a comment, but it is not recognized (according to
-      'comments') a match may be found in it anyway.  Example: >
+[!]	When included, find matches in lines that are recognized as comments.
+	When excluded, a match is ignored when the line is recognized as a
+	comment (according to 'comments'), or the match is in a C comment
+	(after "//" or inside /* */).  Note that a match may be missed if a
+	line is recognized as a comment, but the comment ends halfway the line.
+	And if the line is a comment, but it is not recognized (according to
+	'comments') a match may be found in it anyway.  Example: >
 		/* comment
 		   foobar */
-<     A match for "foobar" is found, because this line is not recognized as a
-      comment (even though syntax highlighting does recognize it).
-      Note: Since a macro definition mostly doesn't look like a comment, the
-      [!] makes no difference for ":dlist", ":dsearch" and ":djump".
-[/]   A pattern can be surrounded by '/'.  Without '/' only whole words are
-      matched, using the pattern "\<pattern\>".  Only after the second '/' a
-      next command can be appended with '|'.  Example: >
+<	A match for "foobar" is found, because this line is not recognized as
+	a comment (even though syntax highlighting does recognize it).
+	Note: Since a macro definition mostly doesn't look like a comment, the
+	[!] makes no difference for ":dlist", ":dsearch" and ":djump".
+[/]	A pattern can be surrounded by '/'.  Without '/' only whole words are
+	matched, using the pattern "\<pattern\>".  Only after the second '/' a
+	next command can be appended with '|'.  Example: >
 	:isearch /string/ | echo "the last one"
-<     For a ":djump", ":dsplit", ":dlist" and ":dsearch" command the pattern
-      is used as a literal string, not as a search pattern.
+<	For a ":djump", ":dsplit", ":dlist" and ":dsearch" command the pattern
+	is used as a literal string, not as a search pattern.

 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 24
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 02


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -302,7 +302,10 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
 	t_RB	request terminal background color		*t_RB* *'t_RB'*
-		see |'ambiwidth'|
+	t_8f	set foreground color (R, G, B)			*t_8f* *'t_8f'*
+		|xterm-true-color|
+	t_8b	set background color (R, G, B)			*t_8b* *'t_8b'*
+		|xterm-true-color|

 KEY CODES
 Note: Use the <> form if possible
@@ -419,6 +422,27 @@ VT220, etc.).  The result is that codes like <xF1> are no longer needed.
 Note: This is only done on startup.  If the xterm options are changed after
 Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized anymore.

+							*xterm-true-color*
+Vim supports using true colors in the terminal (taken from |highlight-guifg|
+and |highlight-guibg|), given that the terminal supports this. To make this 
+work the 'termguicolors' option needs to be set.
+See https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728 for a list of terminals that
+support true colors.
+
+Sometimes setting 'termguicolors' is not enough and one has to set the |t_8f|
+and |t_8b| options explicitly. Default values of these options are
+"^[[38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" and "^[[48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" respectively, but it is only
+set when `$TERM` is `xterm`. Some terminals accept the same sequences, but
+with all semicolons replaced by colons (this is actually more compatible, but
+less widely supported): >
+	 let &t_8f = "\<Esc>[38:2:%lu:%lu:%lum"
+	 let &t_8b = "\<Esc>[48:2:%lu:%lu:%lum"
+
+These options contain printf strings, with |printf()| (actually, its C
+equivalent hence `l` modifier) invoked with the t_ option value and three
+unsigned long integers that may have any value between 0 and 255 (inclusive)
+representing red, green and blue colors respectively.
+
 							*xterm-resize*
 Window resizing with xterm only works if the allowWindowOps resource is
 enabled.  On some systems and versions of xterm it's disabled by default
@@ -542,7 +566,7 @@ correct values.

 One command can be used to set the screen size:

-						*:mod* *:mode* *E359* *E362*
+						*:mod* *:mode* *E359*
 :mod[e] [mode]

 Without argument this only detects the screen size and redraws the screen.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 20
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Priority classification:
 See |develop.txt| for development plans.  You can vote for which items should
 be worked on, but only if you sponsor Vim development.  See |sponsor|.

-Issues can also be entered online: http://code.google.com/p/vim/issues/list
+Issues can also be entered online: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
 Updates will be forwarded to the vim_dev maillist.  Issues entered there will
 not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.

@@ -35,49 +35,32 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------

 +channel:
- add test for out-cb and err-cb.
- Move more details from eval.txt to channel.txt.  Add tags in eval.txt.
- When decoding json, don't read all the typeahead at once, use the reader
-  properly.
+- channel_wait() may return an error while there is still something to read.
+  Perhaps try to read once?
+- Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
+- Add 'cwd' argument to start_job(): directory to change to in the child.
+    check for valid directory before forking.
+- Implement |job-term| ?
+- Channel test fails with Motif.  Sometimes kills the X11 server.
 - When a message in the queue but there is no callback, drop it after a while?
  Add timestamp to queued messages and callbacks with ID, remove after a
  minute.  Option to set the droptime.
- Add more ch_log calls, basically at every branch, before every callback, etc.
+- Add an option to drop text of very long lines?  Default to 1 Mbyte.
 - Add remark about undo sync, is there a way to force it?
 - When starting a job, have an option to open the server socket, so we know
  the port, and pass it to the command with --socket-fd {nr}. (Olaf Dabrunz,
  Feb 9)  How to do this on MS-Windows?
- Add more unit-testing in json_test.c
- Add a test where ["eval","getline(123)"] gets a line with special
-  characters (NUL, 0x80, etc.).  Check that it isn't garbled.
- Make sure errors lead to a useful error msg. ["ex","foobar"]
 - For connection to server, a "keep open" flag would be useful.  Retry
  connecting in the main loop with zero timeout.
 Later
 - job_start(): run job in a newly opened terminal.
    With xterm could use -S{pty}.

-Packages: how about "after" directory?
-
-Make it so that the window ID can be used where currently a window nr is used
-
-Fix to support --nofork for Windows batch files. (Kevin Cantú, 2016 Feb 23,
-#658, #659)  Also add "setlocal" at top of batch file?
-
-Patch to add matchstrpos(). (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Feb 28)
-
-Why does this: 	echo "a" . 1.1
-result in:	a11
-Should recognize float (so long as it's not ".1.1").
-
-Allow for an empty dictionary key?
-
-Patch to improve I/O for Perl. (Damien, 2016 Jan 9, update Jan 22 2nd one)
-
-Patch to fix ml_get error. (Alexander Freiherr von Buddenbrock, 2016 Mar 4,
-#676)
-
 Regexp problems:
+- Since 7.4.704 the old regex engine fails to match [[:print:]] in 0xf6.
+  (Manuel Ortega, 2016 Apr 24)
+  Test fails on Mac.  Avoid using isalpha(), isalnum(), etc?  Depends on
+  LC_CTYPE
 - The regexp engines are not reentrant, causing havoc when interrupted by a
  remote expression or something else.  Move global variables onto the stack
  or into an allocated struct.
@@ -93,11 +76,10 @@ Regexp problems:
  2013 Dec 11)
 - Using \@> and \?. (Brett Stahlman, 2013 Dec 21) Remark from Marcin Szamotulski
  Remark from Brett 2014 Jan 6 and 7.
- Difference in NFA and old engine. (Brett Stahlman, 2014 Nov 5)
- Bug when using \>. (Ramel, 2014 Feb 2) (Aaron Bohannon, 2014 Feb 13)
 - NFA regexp doesn't handle \%<v correctly. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 May 12)
 - Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
  \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
+- \%'[ does not work.  '%'] does work.  (Masaaki Nakamura, 2016 Apr 4)
 - Bug relating to back references. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Jul 24)
 - New RE does not give an error for empty group: "\(\)\{2}" (Dominique Pelle,
  2015 Feb 7)
@@ -117,51 +99,132 @@ Regexp problems:
  out the \& works.  Seems any column check after \& fails.
 - The pattern "\1" with the old engine gives E65, with the new engine it
  matches the empty string. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Oct 2, Nov 24)
- Search for \\~ causes error E874.
+  had_endbrace[] is set but not initialized or used.

-Patch to fix that folds close with autocomplete.  #643
-Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 18.
+json_encode(): should convert to utf-8. (Nikolai Pavlov, 2016 Jan 23)
+What if there is an invalid character?

-Also include update_curswant() fix for getcurpos(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016
-Feb 9)
+Should json_encode()/json_decode() restrict recursiveness?
+Or avoid recursiveness.

-Patch to list some messages and clear messages. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Mar
-12)
+Error in test_startup_utf8 on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2016 Aug 17)

-Patch to fix escaping special characters for delete(). (tc-0, 2016 Mar 20,
-#700) Test fails on MS-Windows.
+Once .exe with updated installer is available: Add remark to download page
+about /S and /D options (Ken Takata, 2016 Apr 13)
+Or point to nightly builds: https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases

-Patch to put undo options together in undo window.
-(Gary Johnson, 2016 Jan 28)
+Javascript indent wrong after /* in single quoted string:
+    var SRC = 'src/*.js';
+    function log(tag) {
+	a = b;
+    }

-Patch to have better check for {action} argument of setqflist().
-Nikolai Pavlov, Feb 25, #661.  Can be even more strict.
-Also see patch from Hirohito Higash, Feb 25.
+Use ADDR_OTHER instead of ADDR_LINES for many more commands.
+Add tests for using number larger than number of lines in buffer.

-Patch to update the GTK icon cache when installing. (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2016
-Feb 3)
+Invalid behavior with NULL list. (Nikolai Pavlov, #768)

-Patch for test86 and test87. (Roland Puntaier, #622)
+min() and max() spawn lots of error messages if sorted list/dictionary
+contains invalid data (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep 4, #1039)
+
+Problem with whitespace in errorformat. (Gerd Wachsmuth, 2016 May 15, #807)
+
+Undo problem: "g-" doesn't go back, gets stuck. (Björn Linse, 2016 Jul 18)
+
+sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
+4#1038)
+
+cmap using execute() has side effects. (Killthemule, 2016 Aug 17, #983)
+
+Syntax highlighting for messages with RFC3339 timestamp (#946)
+Did maintainer reply?
+
+ml_get errors when reloading file. (Chris Desjardins, 2016 Apr 19)
+Also with latest version.

 Cannot delete a file with square brackets with delete(). (#696)

-Patch to add 'topbot' to 'belloff' option. (Coot, 2016 Mar 18, #695)
+Completion for input() does not expand environment variables. (chdiza, 2016
+Jul 25, #948)
+
+'hlsearch' interferes with a Conceal match. (Rom Grk, 2016 Aug 9)
+
+Patch to add context information to quickfix/location list. (Yegappan
+Lakshmanan, 2016 Aug 25)
+
+MS-Windows: use WS_HIDE instead of SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE in os_win32.c?
+Otherwise task flickers in taskbar.
+
+Should make ":@r" handle line continuation. (Cesar Romani, 2016 Jun 26)
+Also for ":@.".
+
+Repeating 'opfunc' in a function only works once. (Tarmean, 2016 Jul 15, #925)
+
+Second problem in #966: ins_compl_add_tv() uses get_dict_string() multiple
+times, overwrites the one buffer. (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Aug 5)
+
+This does not work: :set cscopequickfix=a-
+(Linewi, 2015 Jul 12, #914)
+
+Possibly wrong value for seq_cur. (Florent Fayolle, 2016 May 15, #806)
+
+Filetype plugin for awk. (Doug Kearns, 2016 Sep 5)
+
+Patch to improve map documentation. Issue #799.
+
+Patch for syntax folding optimization. (Shougo, 2016 Sep 6, #1045)
+
+Patch for restoring wide characters in the console buffer.
+(Ken Takata, 2016 Jun 7)

 We can use '. to go to the last change in the current buffer, but how about
 the last change in any buffer?  Can we use ', (, is next to .)?

+Ramel Eshed: system() is much slower than job_start(), why? (Aug 26)
+
 Patch for Python: #622. (Roland Puntaier, 2016 Feb 2)
 What does it change?

-Win32: patch to use 64 bit stat() if possible. (Ken Takata, 2014 May 12)
-More tests May 14. Update May 29.  Update Aug 10.
-Now part of large file patches. (Ken Takata, 2016 Feb 1)
-Two patches now?  New update Feb 24.
+Patch to make gd and gD work better for non-K&R code and with comments.
+(Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Aug 29)

-Patch to support 64 bit ints for Number. (Ken Takata, 2016 Jan 21)
-Also in update of Feb 24?
+When generating the Unicode tables with runtime/tools/unicode.vim the
+emoji_width table has only one entry.

-After 7.5 is released:
+It's possible to add ",," to 'wildignore', an empty entry.  Causes problems.
+Reject the value? #710.
+
+Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is
+set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923)
+
+Patch to support strikethrough next to bold and italic. (Christian Brabandt,
+2013 Jul 30)  Update from Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 12.
+Update mentioned by Christian, 2016 Apr 25.
+Update from Ken Takata, 2016 Jul 17.
+
+Patch to improve cscope. (Adrian Kocis, #843)
+
+Patch for groovy multi-line comment highlighting. (Justin M. Keyes, 2016 May
+20 #644)
+
+When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
+Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)
+
+Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
+Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858
+
+Add redrawtabline command. (Naruhiko Nishino, 2016 Jun 11)
+
+Neovim patch for utfc_ptr2char_len() https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/4574
+No test, needs some work to include.
+
+Patch to make finding duplicate tags much faster, using a hashtab. (James
+McCoy, 2016 Sept 6, #1046)
+>
+Patch to improve indenting for C++ constructor with initializer list.
+(Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Mar 31)
+
+After 8.0 is released:
 - Drop support for older MS-Windows systems, before XP.
  Patch from Ken Takata, 2016 Mar 8.

@@ -188,11 +251,13 @@ work. (ZyX, 2013 Sep 28) With examples: (Malcolm Rowe, 2015 Dec 24)

 Problem using ":try" inside ":execute". (ZyX, 2013 Sep 15)

-jsonencode(): should convert to utf-8. (Nikolai Pavlov, 2016 Jan 23)
-What if there is an invalid character?
+Patch to make tests pass with EBCDIC. (Owen Leibman, 2016 Apr 10)

-Should jsonencode()/jsondecode() restrict recursiveness?
-Or avoid recursiveness.
+Add ":read :command", to insert the output of an Ex command?
+Can already do it with ":$put =execute('command')".
+
+When repeating the 'confirm' dialog one needs to press Enter. (ds26gte, 2016
+Apr 17)  #762

 Use vim.vim syntax highlighting for help file examples, but without ":" in
 'iskeyword' for syntax.
@@ -202,6 +267,14 @@ Patch to make "%:h:h" return "." instead of the full path.

 Remove SPACE_IN_FILENAME ? What could possibly go wrong?

+When command names are very long :command output is difficult to read.  Use a
+maximum for the column width?  (#871)
+Patcy by varmanishant, 2016 Jun 18, #876
+
+Patch to change GUI behavior: instead of changing the window size change the
+lines/columns when menu/toolbar/etc. is added/removed. (Ychin, 2016 Mar 20,
+#703)
+
 Installation of .desktop files does not work everywhere.
 It's now fixed, but the target directory probably isn't right.
 Add configure check?
@@ -209,26 +282,54 @@ Should use /usr/local/share/applications or /usr/share/applications.
 Or use $XDG_DATA_DIRS.
 Also need to run update-desktop-database (Kuriyama Kazunobu, 2015 Nov 4)

+Patch to test popupmenu.  Fails, possibly due to a bug.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 23)
+
+Patch to introduce 'cmdencoding'. (Ken Takata, Aug 18?)
+Better help Aug 19.
+Problem: applies to too many commands, such as :cbuffer.
+Updated patch with three options, 2016 Sep 8.
+    Win32: When running ":make" and 'encoding' differs from the system locale,
+    the output should be converted.  Esp. when 'encoding' is "utf-8". (Yongwei
+    Wu) Should we use 'termencoding' for this?
+
+Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
+Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
+Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3).  Still needs more work.
+
+Patch to add CTRL-N / CTRL-P while searching. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Aug
+3)  Problem: two matches in one line and using CTRL-P does not move back.
+
 Access to uninitialized memory in match_backref() regexp_nda.c:4882
 (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Nov 6)

 ":cd C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc*" does not work, even though the
 directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29)

-Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
-
-Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
-
 7   Add a watchpoint in the debug mode: An expression that breaks execution
    when evaluating to non-zero.  Add the "watchadd expr" command, stop when
    the value of the expression changes.  ":watchdel" deletes an item,
    ":watchlist" lists the items. (Charles Campbell)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 1.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jun 10, #859
+
+If ":bd" also closes a Tab page then the " mark is not set.  (Harm te Hennepe,
+2016 Apr 25, #780)
+
+Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
+
+Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
+Update 2016 Jun 10, #861

 Patch to be able to use hex numbers with :digraph. (Lcd, 2015 Sep 6)
 Update Sep 7.  Update by Christian Brabandt, 2015 Sep 8, 2016 Feb 1.

+Patch to show search statistics. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 22)
+
+When the CursorMovedI event triggers, and CTRL-X was typed, a script cannot
+restore the mode properly. (Andrew Stewart, 2016 Apr 20)
+Do not trigger the event?
+
 Using ":windo" to set options in all windows has the side effect that it
 changes the window layout and the current window.  Make a variant that saves
 and restores.  Use in the matchparen plugin.
@@ -247,6 +348,8 @@ https://gist.github.com/presuku/d3d6b230b9b6dcfc0477
 Patch to make the behavior of "w" more straightforward, but not Vi compatible.
 With a 'cpo' flag.  (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 8)

+Patch to add optionproperties(). (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Mar 27, update Apr 13)
+
 Patch to add TagNotFound autocommand. (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 3)

 Patch to add Error autocommand. (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 17)
@@ -287,22 +390,19 @@ wrong name. (Aram, 2014 Nov 7)  Vim 7.4.
 Can't recognize the $ProgramFiles(x86) environment variable.  Recognize it
 specifically?  First try with the parens, then without.

-Half-finished patch to fix the Problem using cgn to change a search hit when
-replacement includes hit. Reported by John Beckett, fix by Christian Brabandt,
-2016 Jan 11.
-
 Patch to add :mapgroup, put mappings in a group like augroup.
 (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Feb 19)

 Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
 inconsistent with the documentation.

-Patch to add filtering of the quickfix list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2016 Mar
-13, last version)
-
 Can we cache the syntax attributes, so that updates for 'relativenumber' and
 'cursorline'/'cursorcolumn' are a lot faster?

+C highlighting: modern C allows: /* comment */ #ifdef
+and also line continuation after #include.
+I can't recommend it though.
+
 Build with Python on Mac does not always use the right library.
 (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2015 Mar 28)

@@ -311,7 +411,7 @@ Use v:none.  var == v:none

 Patch to add arguments to argc() and argv(). (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2016 Jan
 24)  Also need a way to get the global arg list?  Update later on Jan 24
-Update Mar 5.
+Update Mar 5. Update Apr 7.  Update Jun 5.

 To support Thai (and other languages) word boundaries, include the ICU
 library:  http://userguide.icu-project.org/boundaryanalysis
@@ -319,15 +419,9 @@ library:  http://userguide.icu-project.org/boundaryanalysis
 When complete() first argument is before where insert started and 'backspace'
 is Vi compatible, the completion fails. (Hirohito Higashi, 2015 Feb 19)

-Test 44 fails when [[=A=]] is changed to [[=À=]].  Caused by getcmdline() not
-handling the 0x80 as a second byte correctly?  (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jun 10)
-
 Patch to use two highlight groups for relative numbers. (Shaun Brady, 2016 Jan
 30)

-Weird encryption problems on Windows. (Ben Fritz, 2015 Feb 13)
-Goes away when disabling the swap file. (might1, Feb 16)
-
 MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
 (Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)

@@ -351,14 +445,9 @@ wildcards.  Add a ":nowild" command modifier?  (ZyX, 2015 March 4)
 Proposal to make options.txt easier to read. (Arnaud Decara, 2015 Aug 5)
 Update Aug 14.

-Crash in :cnext on MS-Windows. (Ben Fritz, 2015 Oct 27)
-
 When using --remote-tab on MS-Windows 'encoding' hasn't been initialized yet,
 the file name ends up encoded wrong. (Raul Coronado, 2015 Dec 21)

-Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
-26, update 2013 Dec 14, another 2014 Nov 22)
-
 Patch for problem with restoring screen on Windows. (Nobuhiro Takasaki, 2015
 Sep 10)

@@ -366,7 +455,7 @@ Patch to set antialiasing style on Windows. (Ondrej Balaz, 2013 Mar 14)
 Needs a different check for CLEARTYPE_QUALITY.
 Problem mentioned by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 4.

-Example in editing.txt uses $HOME with the expectating that it ends in a
+Example in editing.txt uses $HOME with the expectation that it ends in a
 slash.  For me it does, but perhaps not for everybody.  Add a function that
 inserts a slash when needed?  pathconcat(dir, path) (Thilo Six, 2015 Aug 12)

@@ -379,8 +468,6 @@ Patch to fix checking global option value when not using it.
 When 'showbreak' is set repeating a Visual operation counts the size of the
 'showbreak' text as part of the operation. (Axel Bender, 2015 Jul 20)

-Patch for matchit plugin related to multibyte chars. (Ken Takata, 2015 Jul 22)
-
 Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
 Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
@@ -391,6 +478,7 @@ Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
  covered by the above change.
 So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
 same thing.  Remarks on issue 543 (Roland Puntaier).
+Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.

 Patch to add grepfile(). (Scott Prager, 2015 May 26)
 Work in progress.
@@ -408,9 +496,6 @@ Breaks test_eval.  Inefficient, can we only compute y_width when needed?
 Patch to use different terminal mode settings for system(). (Hayaki Saito)
 Does this work for everybody?

-Patch to fix that wide characters do not work properly after exiting.
-(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2015 May 24) Better patch to come.
-
 Patch to add wordcount().  Same info as g CTRL-G. (Christian Brabandt, 2015
 Nov 17)

@@ -436,7 +521,7 @@ Mixup of highlighting when there is a match and SpellBad. (ZyX, 2015 Jan 1)
 Patch for drag&drop reordering of GUI tab pages reordering.
 (Ken Takata, 2013 Nov 22, second one, also by Masamichi Abe)
 Now on Git: https://gist.github.com/nocd5/165286495c782b815b94
-Update 2016 Mar 15.
+Update 2016 Aug 10.

 Patch on Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.

@@ -456,9 +541,6 @@ any one-character from the previous line. (Kartik Agaram, 2014 Sep 19)

 Syntax highlighting slow (hangs) in SASS file. (Niek Bosch, 2013 Aug 21)

-Patch to add the EndOfBuffer highlight group, used instead of NonText for "~"
-lines. (Marco Hinz, 2014 Nov 2)
-
 Adding "~" to 'cdpath' doesn't work for completion?  (Davido, 2013 Aug 19)

 Should be easy to highlight all matches with 'incsearch'.  Idea by Itchyny,
@@ -467,14 +549,6 @@ Should be easy to highlight all matches with 'incsearch'.  Idea by Itchyny,
 Wrong scrolling when using incsearch.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2014 Dec 4.
 Is this a good solution?

-Patch to add /pattern/ to :oldfiles.  Pull #575.
-
-Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
-functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
-Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
-Second one. Update May 22.
-Update by Daniel Hahler, 2014 Jul 4, Aug 14, Oct 14, Oct 15.
-
 Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
 (Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30, again 2011 Jul 2)

@@ -490,7 +564,7 @@ Patch for ordered dict. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2015 May 7)
 Patch to make closed folds line up. (Charles Campbell, 2014 Sep 12)
 Remark from Roland Eggner: does it cause crashes? (2014 Dec 12)
 Updated patch by Roland Eggner, Dec 16
-Updated patch from Charles, 2016 Jan 4.
+Updated patch from Charles, 2016 Jul 2

 Patch to open folds for 'incsearch'. (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jan 6)

@@ -503,7 +577,7 @@ Patch: On MS-Windows shellescape() may have to triple double quotes.
 (Ingo Karkat, 2015 Jan 16)

 Patch for variable tabstops.  On github (Christian Brabandt, 2014 May 15)
-Update 2016 Jan 31 (email).
+Update 2016 Jun 10, # 857

 Redo only remembers the last change.  Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
 change.  How does the user know which change?  At least have a way to list
@@ -526,9 +600,6 @@ Jun 8)
 Bug: Autocompleting ":tag/pat" replaces "/pat" with a match but does not
 insert a space. (Micha Mos, 2014 Nov 7)

-Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
-Updated 2016 Feb 10
-
 Patch to add argument to :cquit. (Thinca, 2014 Oct 12)

 No error for missing endwhile. (ZyX, 2014 Mar 20)
@@ -547,9 +618,11 @@ Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single quote:
 New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV.  But they are not
 compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.

+xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
+buffers that changed.  Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
+Xterm 224 supports it!
 Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
-Saito, 2013 Apr 24)  Has a problem (email 2015 Jan 7).
-Update 2015 Jan 10.
+Saito, 2013 Apr 24) Update 2016 Aug 12.
 Also see issue #609.
 We could add the enable/disable sequences to t_ti/t_te or t_ks/t_ke.

@@ -562,9 +635,6 @@ What for systems that don't have unsetenv()?

 Patch to add a :domodeline command. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 21)

-Patch to add TabNew, TabNewEntered and TabClosed autocommand events.
-(Felipe Morales, 2015 Feb 1)
-
 This does not give an error: (Andre Sihera, 2014 Mar 21)
    vim -u NONE 1 2 3 -c 'bufdo if 1 | echo 1'
 This neither: (ZyX)
@@ -631,14 +701,6 @@ various other commands.  (ZyX, 2014 Mar 30)
 Patch to skip sort if no line matches the expression.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Jun 25)

-Patch to add sortuniq(). (Cade Forester, 2014 Mar 19)
-Or add uniq() instead?  Patch by lcd47, but it has problems.
-
-Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
-Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
-Or should we add a more general mechanism, like a lambda() function?
-Patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Sep 16.
-
 VMS: Select() doesn't work properly, typing ESC may hang Vim.  Use sys$qiow
 instead. (Samuel Ferencik, 2013 Sep 28)

@@ -686,17 +748,9 @@ Patch by Thomas Tuegel, also for GTK, 2013 Nov 24

 :help gives example for z?, but it does not work.  m? and t? do work.

-Python: Extended funcrefs: use func_T* structure in place of char_u* function
-names.
-(ZyX, 2013 Jul 15, update Sep 22, 24, 28; Update 2013 Dec 15, 2014 Jan 6)
-Also fixes Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5)
-
 Patch to add funcref to Lua.  (Luis Carvalho, 2013 Sep 4)
 With tests: Sep 5.

-Patch to fix that on suckless Terminal mousewheel up does not work.
-(Ralph Eastwood, 2013 Nov 25)
-
 Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10)

 Checking runtime scripts: Thilo Six, 2012 Jun 6.
@@ -777,6 +831,7 @@ optional. (2013 Jul 12)
 Dialog is too big on Linux too. (David Fishburn, 2013 Sep 2)

 Improve the installer for MS-Windows.  There are a few alternatives:
+- Add silent install option. (Shane Lee, #751)
 - Installer from Cream (Steve Hall).
 - Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen)
    https://github.com/gpwen/vim-installer-mui2
@@ -788,9 +843,6 @@ Improve the installer for MS-Windows.  There are a few alternatives:
 Problem: they all work slightly different (e.g. don't install vimrun.exe).
 How to test that it works well for all Vim users?

-Patch to check whether a buffer is quickfix or a location list.
-(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Dec 9)
-
 Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)

 Issue 54: document behavior of -complete, also expands arg.
@@ -805,11 +857,6 @@ In the ATTENTION message about an existing swap file, mention the name of the
 process that is running.  It might actually be some other program, e.g. after
 a reboot.

-Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
-Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
-Ben Fritz: problem with 'selection' set to "exclusive".
-Updated to current Vim, not quite right yet. (Ben Fritz, 2014 Mar 27)
-
 Patch to select the next or previous text object if there isn't one under the
 cursor. (Daniel Thau, 2013 Nov 20)

@@ -831,9 +878,6 @@ Patch to make confirm() display colors. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 9)

 Patch to add functions for signs. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 27)

-Do we need some way (option) to show the sign column even when there are no
-signs?  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22.
-
 Patch to remove flicker from popup menu. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 15)

 Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17)
@@ -1080,7 +1124,7 @@ Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)

 "0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)

-Patch to addd TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
+Patch to add TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
 May 24)  Update May 26.

 Patch for :tabrecently. (Hirokazu Yoshida, 2012 Jan 30)
@@ -1252,12 +1296,6 @@ Gui menu edit/paste in block mode insert only inserts in one line (Bjorn
 Winckler, 2011 May 11)
 Requires a map mode for Insert mode started from blockwise Visual mode.

-Use json format for new items in .viminfo:
-    |["info","any info"]
-    |["text","text text text"
-    |"continuation line"]
-    |["hist",242342342,{"arg":"value"}]
-
 Writing nested List and Dict in viminfo gives error message and can't be read
 back. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2010 Nov 13)

@@ -1314,7 +1352,7 @@ https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241
 Patch to support :undo absolute jump to file save number. (Christian Brabandt,
 2010 Nov 5)

-Patch to use 'foldnextmax' also for "marker" foldmethod. (Arnaud Lacombe, 2011
+Patch to use 'foldnestmax' also for "marker" foldmethod. (Arnaud Lacombe, 2011
 Jan 7)

 Bug with 'incsearch' going to wrong line. (Wolfram Kresse, 2009 Aug 17)
@@ -1557,9 +1595,6 @@ probably causes this.
 'scrollbind' is not respected when deleting lines or undo. (Milan Vancura,
 2009 Jan 16)

-Patch to support strikethrough next to bold and italic. (Christian Brabandt,
-2013 Jul 30)  Update from Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 12.
-
 Document that default font in Athena can be set with resources:
   XtDefaultFont: "9x15"
   XtDefaultFontSet: "9x15"
@@ -1904,10 +1939,6 @@ Win32: using "gvim --remote-tab-silent fname" sometimes gives an empty screen
 with the more prompt.  Caused by setting the guitablabel?  (Thomas Michael
 Engelke, 2007 Dec 20 - 2008 Jan 17)

-Win64: Seek error in swap file for a very big file (3 Gbyte).  Check storing
-pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
-Patches from Ken Takata might help (2014 Apr 17)
-
 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)

 Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing.
@@ -2189,10 +2220,6 @@ only set after Visual moded is ended.
 Also add a variable for the Visual mode.  So that this mode and '< '> can be
 used to set what "gv" selects. (Ben Schmidt)

-Win32: When running ":make" and 'encoding' differs from the system locale, the
-output should be converted.  Esp. when 'encoding' is "utf-8". (Yongwei Wu)
-Should we use 'termencoding' for this?
-
 Win32, NTFS: When editing a specific infostream directly and 'backupcopy' is
 "auto" should detect this situation and work like 'backupcopy' is "yes".  File
 name is something like "c:\path\foo.txt:bar", includes a colon.  (Alex
@@ -2217,10 +2244,6 @@ Patch for adding ":lscscope". (Navdeep Parhar, 2007 Apr 26; update 2008 Apr
 tabs and the autocommand "autocmd BufWinLeave * mkview".  (James Vega, 2007
 Jun 18)

-xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
-buffers that changed.  Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
-Xterm 224 supports it!
-
 When completing from another file that uses a different encoding completion
 text has the wrong encoding.  E.g., when 'encoding' is utf-8 and file is
 latin1.  Example from Gombault Damien, 2007 Mar 24.
@@ -2394,9 +2417,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
    done for filetype detection.  Patch from Walter Briscoe, 2003 Jul 1.
 7   Add a "-@ filelist" argument: read file names from a file. (David
    Kotchan has a patch for it)
-8   Include a connection to an external program through a pipe?  See
-    patches from Felbinger for a mathematica interface.
-    Or use emacs server kind of thing?
 7   Add ":justify" command.  Patch from Vit Stradal 2002 Nov 25.
 -   findmatch() should be adjusted for Lisp.  See remark at
    get_lisp_indent().  Esp. \( and \) should be skipped. (Dorai Sitaram,
@@ -3508,8 +3528,6 @@ Multi-byte characters:
    convert_input() for Mac GUI.
 -   Add mnemonics from RFC1345 longer than two characters.
    Support CTRL-K _{mnemonic}_
-7   In "-- INSERT (lang) --" show the name of the keymap used instead of
-    "lang". (Ilya Dogolazky)
 -   Make 'breakat' accept multi-byte characters.  Problem: can't use a lookup
    table anymore (breakat_flags[]).
    Simplistic solution: when 'formatoptions' contains "m" also break a line
@@ -3788,7 +3806,7 @@ Vim script language:
 8   Pass the command line arguments to Vim scripts in some way.  As v:args
    List?  Or extra parameter to argv()?
 8   Add command arguments with three dashes, passed on to Vim scripts.
-7   Add optional arguments to user functions:
+9   Add optional arguments to user functions:
 	:func myFunc(arg1, arg2, arg3 = "blah", arg4 = 17)
 6   User functions: Functions local to buffer "b:func()"?
 8   For Strings add ":let var[{expr}] = {expr}".  When past the end of "var"
@@ -4841,7 +4859,7 @@ Searching:
    lines 23 to 45?  Or does this conflict with Ex range syntax?
 8   Allow identical pairs in 'matchpairs'.  Restrict the search to the current
    line.
-7   Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'.  Use ~/vim/macros/matchit.vim as an
+7   Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'.  Use matchit.vim as an
    example.
 8   Make it possible to define the character that "%" checks for in
    #if/#endif.  For nmake it's !if/!endif.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 25
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -275,10 +275,9 @@ matching HTML tags, if/else/endif in Vim scripts, etc.  Very useful, although
 it's not backwards compatible (that's why it is not enabled by default).

 To start using the matchit plugin, add one line to your vimrc file: >
-	packadd matchit
+	packadd! matchit

-That's all!  You can also type the command to try it out.  Now you can find
-help about this plugin: >
+That's all!  After restarting Vim you can find help about this plugin: >
 	:help matchit

 This works, because when `:packadd` loaded the plugin it also added the
@@ -364,10 +363,9 @@ Example for Unix (assuming you didn't have a plugin directory yet): >

 	mkdir ~/.vim
 	mkdir ~/.vim/plugin
-	cp /usr/local/share/vim/vim60/macros/justify.vim ~/.vim/plugin
+	cp /tmp/yourplugin.vim ~/.vim/plugin

-That's all!  Now you can use the commands defined in this plugin to justify
-text.
+That's all!  Now you can use the commands defined in this plugin.

 Instead of putting plugins directly into the plugin/ directory, you may
 better organize them by putting them into subdirectories under plugin/.
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Oct 29
+*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -196,12 +196,16 @@ Vim has no built-in way of justifying text.  However, there is a neat macro
 package that does the job.  To use this package, execute the following
 command: >

-	:runtime macros/justify.vim
+	:packadd justify
+
+Or put this line in your |vimrc|: >
+
+	packadd! justify

 This Vim script file defines a new visual command "_j".  To justify a block of
 text, highlight the text in Visual mode and then execute "_j".
   Look in the file for more explanations.  To go there, do "gf" on this name:
-$VIMRUNTIME/macros/justify.vim.
+$VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/justify/plugin/justify.vim.

 An alternative is to filter the text through an external program.  Example: >

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 15
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 01

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -592,6 +592,7 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	match()			position where a pattern matches in a string
 	matchend()		position where a pattern match ends in a string
 	matchstr()		match of a pattern in a string
+	matchstrpos()		match and positions of a pattern in a string
 	matchlist()		like matchstr() and also return submatches
 	stridx()		first index of a short string in a long string
 	strridx()		last index of a short string in a long string
@@ -601,13 +602,16 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	strdisplaywidth()	size of string when displayed, deals with tabs
 	substitute()		substitute a pattern match with a string
 	submatch()		get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
-	strpart()		get part of a string
+	strpart()		get part of a string using byte index
+	strcharpart()		get part of a string using char index
+	strgetchar()		get character from a string using char index
 	expand()		expand special keywords
 	iconv()			convert text from one encoding to another
 	byteidx()		byte index of a character in a string
 	byteidxcomp()		like byteidx() but count composing characters
 	repeat()		repeat a string multiple times
 	eval()			evaluate a string expression
+	execute()		execute an Ex command and get the output

 List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	get()			get an item without error for wrong index
@@ -677,6 +681,7 @@ Floating point computation:				*float-functions*
 	sinh()			hyperbolic sine
 	cosh()			hyperbolic cosine
 	tanh()			hyperbolic tangent
+	isnan()			check for not a number

 Other computation:					*bitwise-function*
 	and()			bitwise AND
@@ -731,11 +736,14 @@ Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 	searchpair()		find the other end of a start/skip/end
 	searchpairpos()		find the other end of a start/skip/end
 	searchdecl()		search for the declaration of a name
+	getcharsearch()		return character search information
+	setcharsearch()		set character search information

 					*system-functions* *file-functions*
 System functions and manipulation of files:
 	glob()			expand wildcards
 	globpath()		expand wildcards in a number of directories
+	glob2regpat()		convert a glob pattern into a search pattern
 	findfile()		find a file in a list of directories
 	finddir()		find a directory in a list of directories
 	resolve()		find out where a shortcut points to
@@ -747,6 +755,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	filereadable()		check if a file can be read
 	filewritable()		check if a file can be written to
 	getfperm()		get the permissions of a file
+	setfperm()		set the permissions of a file
 	getftype()		get the kind of a file
 	isdirectory()		check if a directory exists
 	getfsize()		get the size of a file
@@ -768,6 +777,7 @@ Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 	strftime()		convert time to a string
 	reltime()		get the current or elapsed time accurately
 	reltimestr()		convert reltime() result to a string
+	reltimefloat()		convert reltime() result to a Float

 			*buffer-functions* *window-functions* *arg-functions*
 Buffers, windows and the argument list:
@@ -784,9 +794,18 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	tabpagenr()		get the number of a tab page
 	tabpagewinnr()		like winnr() for a specified tab page
 	winnr()			get the window number for the current window
+	bufwinid()		get the window ID of a specific buffer
 	bufwinnr()		get the window number of a specific buffer
 	winbufnr()		get the buffer number of a specific window
 	getbufline()		get a list of lines from the specified buffer
+	win_findbuf()		find windows containing a buffer
+	win_getid()		get window ID of a window
+	win_gotoid()		go to window with ID
+	win_id2tabwin()		get tab and window nr from window ID
+	win_id2win()		get window nr from window ID
+	getbufinfo()		get a list with buffer information
+	gettabinfo()		get a list with tab page information
+	getwininfo()		get a list with window information

 Command line:					*command-line-functions*
 	getcmdline()		get the current command line
@@ -794,6 +813,7 @@ Command line:					*command-line-functions*
 	setcmdpos()		set position of the cursor in the command line
 	getcmdtype()		return the current command-line type
 	getcmdwintype()		return the current command-line window type
+	getcompletion()		list of command-line completion matches

 Quickfix and location lists:			*quickfix-functions*
 	getqflist()		list of quickfix errors
@@ -890,18 +910,61 @@ Mappings:				    *mapping-functions*

 Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	assert_equal()		assert that two expressions values are equal
+	assert_notequal()	assert that two expressions values are not equal
+	assert_inrange()	assert that an expression is inside a range
+	assert_match()		assert that a pattern matches the value
+	assert_notmatch()	assert that a pattern does not match the value
 	assert_false()		assert that an expression is false
 	assert_true()		assert that an expression is true
 	assert_exception()	assert that a command throws an exception
 	assert_fails()		assert that a function call fails
+	test_alloc_fail()	make memory allocation fail
+	test_autochdir()	enable 'autochdir' during startup
+	test_disable_char_avail()	test without typeahead
+	test_garbagecollect_now()	free memory right now
+	test_null_channel()	return a null Channel
+	test_null_dict()	return a null Dict
+	test_null_job()		return a null Job
+	test_null_list()	return a null List
+	test_null_partial()	return a null Partial function
+	test_null_string()	return a null String

-Inter-process communication:
+Inter-process communication:		    *channel-functions*
 	ch_open()		open a channel
 	ch_close()		close a channel
+	ch_close_in()		close the in part of a channel
+	ch_read()		read a message from a channel
+	ch_readraw()		read a raw message from a channel
 	ch_sendexpr()		send a JSON message over a channel
 	ch_sendraw()		send a raw message over a channel
-	jsonencode()		encode an expression to a JSON string
-	jsondecode()		decode a JSON string to Vim types
+	ch_evalexpr()		evaluates an expression over channel
+	ch_evalraw()		evaluates a raw string over channel
+	ch_status()		get status of a channel
+	ch_getbufnr()		get the buffer number of a channel
+	ch_getjob()		get the job associated with a channel
+	ch_info()		get channel information
+	ch_log()		write a message in the channel log file
+	ch_logfile()		set the channel log file
+	ch_setoptions()		set the options for a channel
+	json_encode()		encode an expression to a JSON string
+	json_decode()		decode a JSON string to Vim types
+	js_encode()		encode an expression to a JSON string
+	js_decode()		decode a JSON string to Vim types
+
+Jobs:		    			        *job-functions*
+	job_start()		start a job
+	job_stop()		stop a job
+	job_status()		get the status of a job
+	job_getchannel()	get the channel used by a job
+	job_info()		get information about a job
+	job_setoptions()	set options for a job
+
+Timers:						*timer-functions*
+	timer_start()		create a timer
+	timer_pause()		pause or unpause a timer
+	timer_stop()		stop a timer
+	timer_stopall()		stop all timers
+	timer_info()		get information about timers

 Various:					*various-functions*
 	mode()			get current editing mode
@@ -926,6 +989,8 @@ Various:					*various-functions*

 	shiftwidth()		effective value of 'shiftwidth'

+	wordcount()		get byte/word/char count of buffer
+
 	taglist()		get list of matching tags
 	tagfiles()		get a list of tags files

@@ -934,7 +999,6 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 	perleval()		evaluate Perl expression (|+perl|)
 	py3eval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python3|)
 	pyeval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python|)
-	wordcount()		get byte/word/char count of buffer

 ==============================================================================
 *41.7*	Defining a function
@@ -1402,9 +1466,9 @@ Now we can instantiate a Dutch translation object: >
 And a German translator: >

 	:let uk2de = copy(transdict)
-	:let uk2de.words = {'one': 'ein', 'two': 'zwei', 'three': 'drei'}
+	:let uk2de.words = {'one': 'eins', 'two': 'zwei', 'three': 'drei'}
 	:echo uk2de.translate('three one')
-<	drei ein ~
+<	drei eins ~

 You see that the copy() function is used to make a copy of the "transdict"
 Dictionary and then the copy is changed to add the words.  The original
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 20
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Sep 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -91,6 +91,8 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			on paper see |:hardcopy|.  In the GUI you can use the
 			File.Print menu entry.
 			See |ex-flags| for [flags].
+			The |:filter| command can be used to only show lines
+			matching a pattern.

 :[range]p[rint] {count} [flags]
 			Print {count} lines, starting with [range] (default
@@ -362,6 +364,7 @@ N  *+insert_expand*	|insert_expand| Insert mode completion
 m  *+job*		starting and stopping jobs |job|
 N  *+jumplist*		|jumplist|
 B  *+keymap*		|'keymap'|
+N  *+lambda*		|lambda| and |closure|
 B  *+langmap*		|'langmap'|
 N  *+libcall*		|libcall()|
 N  *+linebreak*		|'linebreak'|, |'breakat'| and |'showbreak'|
@@ -391,8 +394,10 @@ N  *+multi_lang*	non-English language support |multi-lang|
 m  *+mzscheme*		Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|
 m  *+mzscheme/dyn*	Mzscheme interface |mzscheme-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+netbeans_intg*	|netbeans|
+   *+num64*		64-bit Number support |Number|
 m  *+odbeditor*		MacVim only: ODB Editor Protocol support |odbeditor|
 m  *+ole*		Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
+N  *+packages*		Loading |packages|
 N  *+path_extra*	Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 m  *+perl*		Perl interface |perl|
 m  *+perl/dyn*		Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
@@ -419,13 +424,14 @@ N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|
 N  *+syntax*		Syntax highlighting |syntax|
   *+system()*		Unix only: opposite of |+fork|
-N  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
+T  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
 N  *+tag_old_static*	old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
 m  *+tag_any_white*	any white space allowed in tags file |tag-any-white|
 m  *+tcl*		Tcl interface |tcl|
 m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
   *+terminfo*		uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
+B  *+termguicolors*	24-bit color in xterm-compatible terminals support
 N  *+textobjects*	|text-objects| selection
   *+tgetent*		non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
 N  *+timers*		the |timer_start()| function
@@ -470,9 +476,12 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			shown on the screen.  When [!] is included, an
 			existing file is overwritten.  When [!] is omitted,
 			and {file} exists, this command fails.
+
 			Only one ":redir" can be active at a time.  Calls to
 			":redir" will close any active redirection before
-			starting redirection to the new target.
+			starting redirection to the new target.  For recursive
+			use check out |execute()|.
+
 			To stop the messages and commands from being echoed to
 			the screen, put the commands in a function and call it
 			with ":silent call Function()".
@@ -512,12 +521,35 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			redirection starts, if the variable is removed or
 			locked or the variable type is changed, then further
 			command output messages will cause errors. {not in Vi}
+			To get the output of one command the |execute()|
+			function can be used.

 :redi[r] =>> {var}	Append messages to an existing variable.  Only string
 			variables can be used. {not in Vi}

 :redi[r] END		End redirecting messages.  {not in Vi}

+							*:filt* *:filter*
+:filt[er] {pat} {command}
+:filt[er] /{pat}/ {command}
+			Restrict the output of {command} to matches with {pat}.
+			For example, to list only xml files: >
+				:filter /\.xml$/ oldfiles
+<
+			{pat} is a Vim search pattern.  Instead of enclosing
+			it in / any non-ID character (see |'isident'|) can be
+			used, so long as it does not appear in {pat}.  Without
+			the enclosing character the pattern cannot include the
+			bar character.
+
+			The pattern is matched against the relevant part of
+			the output, not necessarily the whole line. Only some
+			commands support filtering, try it out to check if it
+			works.
+
+			Only normal messages are filtered, error messages are
+			not.
+
 						*:sil* *:silent* *:silent!*
 :sil[ent][!] {command}	Execute {command} silently.  Normal messages will not
 			be given or added to the message history.
@@ -608,13 +640,16 @@ K			Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
 			directory of Vim.  It is called 'ref' and does a
 			simple spelling check.
 			Special cases:
+			- If 'keywordprg' begins with ":" it is invoked as
+			  a Vim Ex command with [count].
 			- If 'keywordprg' is empty, the ":help" command is
 			  used.  It's a good idea to include more characters
 			  in 'iskeyword' then, to be able to find more help.
-			- When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man", a count before
-			  "K" is inserted after the "man" command and before
-			  the keyword.  For example, using "2K" while the
-			  cursor is on "mkdir", results in: >
+			- When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man" or starts with
+			  ":", a [count] before "K" is inserted after
+			  keywordprg and before the keyword.  For example,
+			  using "2K" while the cursor is on "mkdir", results
+			  in: >
 				!man 2 mkdir
 <			- When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man -s", a count
 			  before "K" is inserted after the "-s".  If there is
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
+*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 17


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ work.  Use "LPT1" then.
 The GTK font dialog uses a font size zero when the font name doesn't include a
 size.  Use a default size of 10.

-This example in the documentation didn't work:
+This example in the documentation didn't work: >
    :e `=foo . ".c"`
 Skip over the expression in `=expr` when looking for comments, |, % and #.

@@ -4028,7 +4028,7 @@ Solution:   Check for NULL pointer returned from mch_open().
 Files:	    src/if_cscope.c

 Patch 7.0.154
-Problem:    When 'foldnextmax' is negative Vim can hang. (James Vega)
+Problem:    When 'foldnestmax' is negative Vim can hang. (James Vega)
 Solution:   Avoid the fold level becoming negative.
 Files:	    src/fold.c, src/syntax.c

@@ -10160,7 +10160,7 @@ an error.  Was caused by patch 7.2.132.
 Make the references to features in the help more consistent. (Sylvain Hitier)

 ==============================================================================
-VERSION 7.4					*version-7.4* *version7.4*
+VERSION 7.4				*version-7.4* *version7.4* *vim-7.4*

 This section is about improvements made between version 7.3 and 7.4.

@@ -18310,4 +18310,5 @@ Solution:   Subtract the unsigned numbers and cast to int. (Ken Takata)
 Files:	    src/os_win32.c


+
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 12
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 16


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Support for different systems.
 	resource usage, esp. on MS-DOS.  For some outdated systems you need to
 	use an older Vim version.

-Multi level undo.					|undo|
+Multi level persistent undo.					|undo|
 	'u' goes backward in time, 'CTRL-R' goes forward again.  Set option
 	'undolevels' to the number of changes to be remembered (default 1000).
 	Set 'undolevels' to 0 for a Vi-compatible one level undo.  Set it to
@@ -158,6 +158,9 @@ Multi level undo.					|undo|
 	create a branch in the undo tree.  This means you can go back to any
 	state of the text, there is no risk of a change causing text to be
 	lost forever. |undo-tree|
+	The undo information is stored in a file when the 'undofile' option is
+	set.  This means you can exit Vim, start Vim on a previously edited
+	file and undo changes that were made before exiting Vim.

 Graphical User Interface (GUI).				|gui|
 	Included support for GUI: menu's, mouse, scrollbars, etc.  You can
@@ -212,6 +215,15 @@ Plugins.						|add-plugin|
 	right directory.  That's an easy way to start using Vim scripts
 	written by others.  Plugins can be for all kind of files, or
 	specifically for a filetype.
+	Packages make this even easier. |packages|
+
+Asynchronous communication and timers.			|channel| |job| |timer|
+	Vim can exchange messages with other processes in the background.
+	This makes it possible to have servers do work and send back the
+	results to Vim. |channel|
+	Vim can start a job, communicate with it and stop it. |job|
+	Timers can fire once or repeatedly and invoke a function to do any
+	work. |timer|

 Repeat a series of commands.				|q|
 	"q{c}" starts recording typed characters into named register {c}.
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ When N is omitted, open one tab page for each file.
 \-R
 Read-only mode.
 The 'readonly' option will be set.
-You can still edit the buffer, but will be prevented from accidently
+You can still edit the buffer, but will be prevented from accidentally
 overwriting a file.
 If you do want to overwrite a file, add an exclamation mark to the Ex command,
 as in ":w!".
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ OPTIONS

       -R          Read-only  mode.   The  'readonly' option will be set.  You
                   can still edit the buffer, but will be prevented from acci‐
-                   dently  overwriting  a file.  If you do want to overwrite a
+                   dentally overwriting a file.  If you do want to overwrite a
                   file, add an exclamation mark to  the  Ex  command,  as  in
                   ":w!".   The  -R  option  also  implies  the -n option (see
                   below).  The 'readonly' option  can  be  reset  with  ":set
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 01
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 23


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -75,6 +75,16 @@ places where a Normal mode command can't be used or is inconvenient.

 The main Vim window can hold several split windows.  There are also tab pages
 |tab-page|, each of which can hold multiple windows.
+					*window-ID* *winid* *windowid*
+Each window has a unique identifier called the window ID.  This identifier
+will not change within a Vim session. The |win_getid()| and |win_id2tabwin()|
+functions can be used to convert between the window/tab number and the
+identifier.  There is also the window number, which may change whenever
+windows are opened or closed, see |winnr()|.
+
+Each buffer has a unique number and the number will not change within a Vim
+session.  The |bufnr()| and |bufname()| functions can be used to convert
+between a buffer name and the buffer number.

 ==============================================================================
 2. Starting Vim						*windows-starting*
@@ -245,7 +255,7 @@ window will appear.
 		far left and occupies the full height of the Vim window.
 		Doesn't work for |:execute| and |:normal|.

-						*:botright*
+						*:bo* *:botright*
 :bo[tright] {cmd}
 		Execute {cmd}.  If it contains a command that splits a window,
 		it will appear at the bottom and occupy the full width of the
@@ -1032,6 +1042,10 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		     h+   hidden buffers which are modified
 		     a+   active buffers which are modified

+		When using |:filter| the pattern is matched against the
+		displayed buffer name, e.g.: >
+			filter /\.vim/ ls
+<
 						*:bad* *:badd*
 :bad[d]	[+lnum] {fname}
 		Add file name {fname} to the buffer list, without loading it.
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script for Evim key bindings
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2006 Mar 29
+" Last Change:	2016 Jul 24

 " Don't use Vi-compatible mode.
 set nocompatible
@@ -63,4 +63,12 @@ if has("autocmd")

 endif " has("autocmd")

+" Add optional packages.
+"
+" The matchit plugin makes the % command work better, but it is not backwards
+" compatible.
+if has('syntax') && has('eval')
+  packadd matchit
+endif
+
 " vim: set sw=2 :
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2015 Dec 03
+" Last Change:	2016 Aug 26

 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ augroup filetypedetect

 " Ignored extensions
 if exists("*fnameescape")
-au BufNewFile,BufRead ?\+.orig,?\+.bak,?\+.old,?\+.new,?\+.dpkg-dist,?\+.dpkg-old,?\+.dpkg-new,?\+.dpkg-bak,?\+.rpmsave,?\+.rpmnew
+au BufNewFile,BufRead ?\+.orig,?\+.bak,?\+.old,?\+.new,?\+.dpkg-dist,?\+.dpkg-old,?\+.dpkg-new,?\+.dpkg-bak,?\+.rpmsave,?\+.rpmnew,?\+.pacsave,?\+.pacnew
 	\ exe "doau filetypedetect BufRead " . fnameescape(expand("<afile>:r"))
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *~
 	\ let s:name = expand("<afile>") |
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu			setf cuda

 " Dockerfile
-au BufNewFile,BufRead Dockerfile		setf dockerfile
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Dockerfile,*.Dockerfile	setf dockerfile

 " WildPackets EtherPeek Decoder
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dcd			setf dcd
@@ -692,8 +692,8 @@ func! s:FTe()
    let n = 1
    while n < 100 && n < line("$")
      if getline(n) =~ "^\\s*\\(<'\\|'>\\)\\s*$"
-        setf specman
-        return
+	setf specman
+	return
      endif
      let n = n + 1
    endwhile
@@ -779,8 +779,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mo,*.gdmo		setf gdmo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ged,lltxxxxx.txt	setf gedcom

 " Git
-au BufNewFile,BufRead COMMIT_EDITMSG		setf gitcommit
-au BufNewFile,BufRead MERGE_MSG			setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead COMMIT_EDITMSG,MERGE_MSG,TAG_EDITMSG setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,.gitmodules setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/*/config	setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/git/config	setf gitconfig
@@ -1019,7 +1018,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jgr			setf jgraph
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jov,*.j73,*.jovial	setf jovial

 " JSON
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp		setf json
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp,*.webmanifest	setf json

 " Kixtart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kix			setf kix
@@ -1621,11 +1620,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/protocols		setf protocols
 " Pyrex
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pyx,*.pxd		setf pyrex

-" Python
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.py,*.pyw		setf python
-
+" Python, Python Shell Startup Files
 " Quixote (Python-based web framework)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ptl			setf python
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.py,*.pyw,.pythonstartup,.pythonrc,*.ptl  setf python

 " Radiance
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rad,*.mat		setf radiance
@@ -1783,6 +1780,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sass			setf sass
 " Sather
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sa			setf sather

+" Scala
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scala			setf scala
+
 " Scilab
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sci,*.sce		setf scilab

@@ -1861,11 +1861,19 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead catalog			setf catalog
 au BufNewFile,BufRead sgml.catalog*		call s:StarSetf('catalog')

 " Shell scripts (sh, ksh, bash, bash2, csh); Allow .profile_foo etc.
-" Gentoo ebuilds are actually bash scripts
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile*,.bash[_-]logout*,.bash[_-]aliases*,*.bash,*/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*},*.ebuild,*.eclass call SetFileTypeSH("bash")
+" Gentoo ebuilds and Arch Linux PKGBUILDs are actually bash scripts
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile*,.bash[_-]logout*,.bash[_-]aliases*,*.bash,*/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*},*.ebuild,*.eclass,PKGBUILD* call SetFileTypeSH("bash")
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc*,*.ksh call SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/profile,.profile*,*.sh,*.env call SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))

+" Shell script (Arch Linux) or PHP file (Drupal)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.install
+	\ if getline(1) =~ '<?php' |
+	\   setf php |
+	\ else |
+	\   call SetFileTypeSH("bash") |
+	\ endif
+
 " Also called from scripts.vim.
 func! SetFileTypeSH(name)
  if expand("<amatch>") =~ g:ft_ignore_pat
@@ -2047,7 +2055,7 @@ func! s:FTRules()
    if line =~ s:ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern
      let udev_rules = substitute(line, s:ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern, '\1', "")
      if dir == udev_rules
-        setf udevrules
+	setf udevrules
      endif
      break
    endif
@@ -2296,7 +2304,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/updatedb.conf	setf updatedb
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/share/upstart/*.conf	       setf upstart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/share/upstart/*.override	       setf upstart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.conf,*/etc/init/*.override  setf upstart
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */.init/*.conf,*/.init/*.override        setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.init/*.conf,*/.init/*.override	       setf upstart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/upstart/*.conf		       setf upstart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/upstart/*.override	       setf upstart

@@ -2637,6 +2645,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead [rR]akefile*		call s:StarSetf('ruby')
 " Mail (also matches muttrc.vim, so this is below the other checks)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead mutt[[:alnum:]._-]\\\{6\}	setf mail

+au BufNewFile,BufRead reportbug-*		call s:StarSetf('mail')
+
 " Modconf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modutils/*
 	\ if executable(expand("<afile>")) != 1
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 Jul 10
+" Last Change:	2016 Jun 12

 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ endif
 " When the matchit plugin is loaded, this makes the % command skip parens and
 " braces in comments.
 let b:match_words = &matchpairs . ',^\s*#\s*if\(\|def\|ndef\)\>:^\s*#\s*elif\>:^\s*#\s*else\>:^\s*#\s*endif\>'
-let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character'
+let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character\|special'

 " Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
 if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:	Clojure
-" Author:	Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
+" Language:     Clojure
+" Author:       Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
 "
-" Maintainer:	Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
-" URL:		https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
-" License:	Same as Vim
-" Last Change:	27 March 2014
+" Maintainer:   Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
+" URL:          https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
+" License:      Same as Vim
+" Last Change:  18 July 2016

 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
 " specially and hence are not indented specially.
 "
 " -*- LISPWORDS -*-
-" Generated from https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static/blob/vim-release-010/clj/src/vim_clojure_static/generate.clj
+" Generated from https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static/blob/vim-release-011/clj/src/vim_clojure_static/generate.clj
 setlocal lispwords=as->,binding,bound-fn,case,catch,cond->,cond->>,condp,def,definline,definterface,defmacro,defmethod,defmulti,defn,defn-,defonce,defprotocol,defrecord,defstruct,deftest,deftest-,deftype,doseq,dotimes,doto,extend,extend-protocol,extend-type,fn,for,if,if-let,if-not,if-some,let,letfn,locking,loop,ns,proxy,reify,set-test,testing,when,when-first,when-let,when-not,when-some,while,with-bindings,with-in-str,with-local-vars,with-open,with-precision,with-redefs,with-redefs-fn,with-test

 " Provide insert mode completions for special forms and clojure.core. As
@@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ endif
 " Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
 if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
 	let b:browsefilter = "Clojure Source Files (*.clj)\t*.clj\n" .
-			   \ "ClojureScript Source Files (*.cljs)\t*.cljs\n" .
-			   \ "Java Source Files (*.java)\t*.java\n" .
-			   \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+	                   \ "ClojureScript Source Files (*.cljs)\t*.cljs\n" .
+	                   \ "Java Source Files (*.java)\t*.java\n" .
+	                   \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 	let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:browsefilter'
 endif

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Cucumber
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jun 01
+" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29

 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -19,27 +19,23 @@ setlocal omnifunc=CucumberComplete
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< cms< ofu<"

 let b:cucumber_root = expand('%:p:h:s?.*[\/]\%(features\|stories\)\zs[\/].*??')
+if !exists("b:cucumber_steps_glob")
+  let b:cucumber_steps_glob = b:cucumber_root.'/**/*.rb'
+endif

 if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_cucumber_maps")
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-]>       :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [<C-D>      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]<C-D>      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>]      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W><C-]>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>d      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W><C-D>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> <C-W>}      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [d          :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]d          :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
+  cnoremap <SID>foldopen <Bar>if &foldopen =~# 'tag'<Bar>exe 'norm! zv'<Bar>endif
+  nnoremap <silent> <script> <buffer> [<C-D>      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<SID>foldopen<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <script> <buffer> ]<C-D>      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('edit',v:count)<SID>foldopen<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <script> <buffer> <C-W>d      :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<SID>foldopen<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <script> <buffer> <C-W><C-D>  :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('split',v:count)<SID>foldopen<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <script> <buffer> [d          :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <script> <buffer> ]d          :<C-U>exe <SID>jump('pedit',v:count)<CR>
  let b:undo_ftplugin .=
-        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-]>" .
        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> [<C-D>" .
        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> ]<C-D>" .
-        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>]" .
-        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-]>" .
        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>d" .
        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-D>" .
-        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> <C-W>}" .
        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> [d" .
        \ "|sil! nunmap <buffer> ]d"
 endif
@@ -59,7 +55,7 @@ endfunction
 function! s:allsteps()
  let step_pattern = '\C^\s*\K\k*\>\s*(\=\s*\zs\S.\{-\}\ze\s*)\=\s*\%(do\|{\)\s*\%(|[^|]*|\s*\)\=\%($\|#\)'
  let steps = []
-  for file in split(glob(b:cucumber_root.'/**/*.rb'),"\n")
+  for file in split(glob(b:cucumber_steps_glob),"\n")
    let lines = readfile(file)
    let num = 0
    for line in lines
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ elseif !exists("b:eruby_subtype")
  let s:lines = getline(1)."\n".getline(2)."\n".getline(3)."\n".getline(4)."\n".getline(5)."\n".getline("$")
  let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(s:lines,'eruby_subtype=\zs\w\+')
  if b:eruby_subtype == ''
-    let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(substitute(expand("%:t"),'\c\%(\.erb\|\.eruby\|\.erubis\)\+$','',''),'\.\zs\w\+$')
+    let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(substitute(expand("%:t"),'\c\%(\.erb\|\.eruby\|\.erubis\)\+$','',''),'\.\zs\w\+\%(\ze+\w\+\)\=$')
  endif
  if b:eruby_subtype == 'rhtml'
    let b:eruby_subtype = 'html'
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	generic git output
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 May 30
+" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29

 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 if !exists('b:git_dir')
  if expand('%:p') =~# '[\/]\.git[\/]modules[\/]'
    " Stay out of the way
+  elseif expand('%:p') =~# '[\/]\.git[\/]worktrees'
+    let b:git_dir = matchstr(expand('%:p'),'.*\.git[\/]worktrees[\/][^\/]\+\>')
  elseif expand('%:p') =~# '\.git\>'
    let b:git_dir = matchstr(expand('%:p'),'.*\.git\>')
  elseif $GIT_DIR != ''
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	git commit file
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 May 30
+" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29

 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -11,15 +11,10 @@ endif
 runtime! ftplugin/git.vim
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

-setlocal nomodeline tabstop=8 formatoptions-=croq formatoptions+=tl
-
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline< tabstop< formatoptions<'
-
-if &textwidth == 0
-  " make sure that log messages play nice with git-log on standard terminals
-  setlocal textwidth=72
-  let b:undo_ftplugin .= "|setl tw<"
-endif
+setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s
+setlocal nomodeline tabstop=8 formatoptions+=tl textwidth=72
+setlocal formatoptions-=c formatoptions-=r formatoptions-=o formatoptions-=q
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline< tabstop< formatoptions< tw< com< cms<'

 if exists("g:no_gitcommit_commands") || v:version < 700
  finish
@@ -31,6 +26,8 @@ endif

 command! -bang -bar -buffer -complete=custom,s:diffcomplete -nargs=* DiffGitCached :call s:gitdiffcached(<bang>0,b:git_dir,<f-args>)

+let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin . "|delc DiffGitCached"
+
 function! s:diffcomplete(A,L,P)
  let args = ""
  if a:P <= match(a:L." -- "," -- ")+3
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	git rebase --interactive
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 May 21
+" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29

 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -12,10 +12,11 @@ runtime! ftplugin/git.vim
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

 setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s formatoptions-=t
+setlocal nomodeline
 if !exists("b:undo_ftplugin")
  let b:undo_ftplugin = ""
 endif
-let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin."|setl com< cms< fo<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin."|setl com< cms< fo< ml<"

 function! s:choose(word)
  s/^\(\w\+\>\)\=\(\s*\)\ze\x\{4,40\}\>/\=(strlen(submatch(1)) == 1 ? a:word[0] : a:word) . substitute(submatch(2),'^$',' ','')/e
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	groovy
+" Maintainer:	Justin M. Keyes <justinkz@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2016 May 22
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal commentstring<'
+
+setlocal commentstring=//%s
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Haml
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jun 01
+" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29

 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2016 Feb 04
+" Last Change: 	2016 Jun 20

 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -150,7 +150,17 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
      endwhile
    endif
    if &filetype != "man"
-      new
+      if exists("g:ft_man_open_mode")
+        if g:ft_man_open_mode == "vert"
+          vnew
+        elseif g:ft_man_open_mode == "tab"
+          tabnew
+        else
+          new
+        endif
+      else
+        new
+      endif
      setl nonu fdc=0
    endif
  endif
@@ -160,10 +170,15 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)

  setl ma nonu nornu nofen
  silent exec "norm 1GdG"
+  let unsetwidth = 0
  if empty($MANWIDTH)
    let $MANWIDTH = winwidth(0)
+    let unsetwidth = 1
  endif
  silent exec "r!/usr/bin/man ".s:GetCmdArg(sect, page)." | col -b"
+  if unsetwidth
+    let $MANWIDTH = ''
+  endif
  " Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
  while getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
    silent keepj norm ggdd
@@ -175,6 +190,7 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
  setl ft=man nomod
  setl bufhidden=hide
  setl nobuflisted
+  setl noma
 endfunc

 func <SID>PopPage()
@@ -195,4 +211,4 @@ endfunc

 endif

-" vim: set sw=2:
+" vim: set sw=2 ts=8 noet:
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		Markdown
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2013 May 30
+" Last Change:		2016 Aug 29

 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
  finish
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim

 setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln formatoptions-=r formatoptions-=o
-setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^[-*+]\\s\\+
+setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^[-*+]\\s\\+\\\|^\\[^\\ze[^\\]]\\+\\]:

 if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')
  let b:undo_ftplugin .= "|setl cms< com< fo< flp<"
@@ -19,4 +19,32 @@ else
  let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo< flp<"
 endif

+function! MarkdownFold()
+  let line = getline(v:lnum)
+
+  " Regular headers
+  let depth = match(line, '\(^#\+\)\@<=\( .*$\)\@=')
+  if depth > 0
+    return ">" . depth
+  endif
+
+  " Setext style headings
+  let nextline = getline(v:lnum + 1)
+  if (line =~ '^.\+$') && (nextline =~ '^=\+$')
+    return ">1"
+  endif
+
+  if (line =~ '^.\+$') && (nextline =~ '^-\+$')
+    return ">2"
+  endif
+
+  return "="
+endfunction
+
+if has("folding") && exists("g:markdown_folding")
+  setlocal foldexpr=MarkdownFold()
+  setlocal foldmethod=expr
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= " foldexpr< foldmethod<"
+endif
+
 " vim:set sw=2:
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	python
-" Maintainer:	Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Change:	2014 Feb 09
-" Last Change By Johannes: Wed, 21 Apr 2004 13:13:08 CEST
+" Maintainer:	James Sully <sullyj3@gmail.com>
+" Previous Maintainer: Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
+" Last Change:	Tue, 06 September 2016
+" https://github.com/sullyj3/vim-ftplugin-python

 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
@@ -21,32 +22,54 @@ setlocal omnifunc=pythoncomplete#Complete

 set wildignore+=*.pyc

-nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('/^\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
-nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('?^\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
-nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('/^\s*\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
-nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('?^\s*\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
+let b:next_toplevel='\v%$\|^(class\|def)>'
+let b:prev_toplevel='\v^(class\|def)>'
+let b:next='\v%$\|^\s*(class\|def)>'
+let b:prev='\v^\s*(class\|def)>'
+
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next."', 'W')<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev."', 'Wb')<cr>"

 if !exists('*<SID>Python_jump')
-  fun! <SID>Python_jump(motion) range
+  fun! <SID>Python_jump(mode, motion, flags) range
+      if a:mode == 'x'
+          normal! gv
+      endif
+
+      normal! 0
+
      let cnt = v:count1
-      let save = @/    " save last search pattern
      mark '
      while cnt > 0
-	  silent! exe a:motion
-	  let cnt = cnt - 1
+          call search(a:motion, a:flags)
+          let cnt = cnt - 1
      endwhile
-      call histdel('/', -1)
-      let @/ = save    " restore last search pattern
+
+      normal! ^
  endfun
 endif

 if has("browsefilter") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
    let b:browsefilter = "Python Files (*.py)\t*.py\n" .
-		       \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+                \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif

-" As suggested by PEP8.
-setlocal expandtab shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 tabstop=8
+if !exists("g:python_recommended_style") || g:python_recommended_style != 0
+    " As suggested by PEP8.
+    setlocal expandtab shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 tabstop=8
+endif

 " First time: try finding "pydoc".
 if !exists('g:pydoc_executable')
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language: R help file
+" Language: R Markdown file
 " Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
 " Homepage: https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
-" Last Change:	Tue Apr 07, 2015  04:37PM
-" Original work by Alex Zvoleff (adjusted for rmd by Michel Kuhlmann)
+" Last Change:	Mon Jun 06, 2016  09:41PM
+" Original work by Alex Zvoleff (adjusted from R help for rmd by Michel Kuhlmann)

 " Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -12,6 +12,16 @@ endif

 runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim

+" Nvim-R plugin needs this
+if exists("*CompleteR")
+  if &omnifunc == "CompleteR"
+    let b:rplugin_nonr_omnifunc = ""
+  else
+    let b:rplugin_nonr_omnifunc = &omnifunc
+  endif
+  set omnifunc=CompleteR
+endif
+
 setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln
 setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^\\s*[-*+]\\s\\+
@@ -28,12 +28,13 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
 	\ ':' .
 	\ '\<\%(else\|elsif\|ensure\|when\|rescue\|break\|redo\|next\|retry\)\>' .
 	\ ':' .
-	\ '\<end\>' .
+        \ '\%(^\|[^.\:@$]\)\@<=\<end\:\@!\>' .
 	\ ',{:},\[:\],(:)'

  let b:match_skip =
 	\ "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name') =~ '" .
 	\ "\\<ruby\\%(String\\|StringDelimiter\\|ASCIICode\\|Escape\\|" .
+        \ "Regexp\\|RegexpDelimiter\\|" .
 	\ "Interpolation\\|NoInterpolation\\|Comment\\|Documentation\\|" .
 	\ "ConditionalModifier\\|RepeatModifier\\|OptionalDo\\|" .
 	\ "Function\\|BlockArgument\\|KeywordAsMethod\\|ClassVariable\\|" .
@@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ endif
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql

 setlocal include=^\\s*\\<\\(load\\>\\\|require\\>\\\|autoload\\s*:\\=[\"']\\=\\h\\w*[\"']\\=,\\)
-setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'$','.rb','')
+setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'\%(\.rb\)\=$','.rb','')
 setlocal suffixesadd=.rb

 if exists("&ofu") && has("ruby")
@@ -66,32 +67,32 @@ if !exists('g:ruby_version_paths')
  let g:ruby_version_paths = {}
 endif

-function! s:query_path(root)
+function! s:query_path(root) abort
  let code = "print $:.join %q{,}"
-  if &shell =~# 'sh' && $PATH !~# '\s'
-    let prefix = 'env PATH='.$PATH.' '
+  if &shell =~# 'sh'
+    let prefix = 'env PATH='.shellescape($PATH).' '
  else
    let prefix = ''
  endif
  if &shellxquote == "'"
-    let path_check = prefix.'ruby -e "' . code . '"'
+    let path_check = prefix.'ruby --disable-gems -e "' . code . '"'
  else
-    let path_check = prefix."ruby -e '" . code . "'"
+    let path_check = prefix."ruby --disable-gems -e '" . code . "'"
  endif

  let cd = haslocaldir() ? 'lcd' : 'cd'
-  let cwd = getcwd()
+  let cwd = fnameescape(getcwd())
  try
    exe cd fnameescape(a:root)
    let path = split(system(path_check),',')
-    exe cd fnameescape(cwd)
+    exe cd cwd
    return path
  finally
-    exe cd fnameescape(cwd)
+    exe cd cwd
  endtry
 endfunction

-function! s:build_path(path)
+function! s:build_path(path) abort
  let path = join(map(copy(a:path), 'v:val ==# "." ? "" : v:val'), ',')
  if &g:path !~# '\v^\.%(,/%(usr|emx)/include)=,,$'
    let path = substitute(&g:path,',,$',',','') . ',' . path
@@ -101,7 +102,7 @@ endfunction

 if !exists('b:ruby_version') && !exists('g:ruby_path') && isdirectory(expand('%:p:h'))
  let s:version_file = findfile('.ruby-version', '.;')
-  if !empty(s:version_file)
+  if !empty(s:version_file) && filereadable(s:version_file)
    let b:ruby_version = get(readfile(s:version_file, '', 1), '')
    if !has_key(g:ruby_version_paths, b:ruby_version)
      let g:ruby_version_paths[b:ruby_version] = s:query_path(fnamemodify(s:version_file, ':p:h'))
@@ -135,7 +136,7 @@ if exists('s:ruby_paths') && stridx(&l:tags, join(map(copy(s:ruby_paths),'v:val.
  let &l:tags = &tags . ',' . join(map(copy(s:ruby_paths),'v:val."/tags"'),',')
 endif

-if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
  let b:browsefilter = "Ruby Source Files (*.rb)\t*.rb\n" .
                     \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
@@ -145,7 +146,22 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< inc< inex< sua< def< com< cms< path< tags< kp<"
      \."| if exists('&ofu') && has('ruby') | setl ofu< | endif"
      \."| if has('balloon_eval') && exists('+bexpr') | setl bexpr< | endif"

+function! s:map(mode, flags, map) abort
+  let from = matchstr(a:map, '\S\+')
+  if empty(mapcheck(from, a:mode))
+    exe a:mode.'map' '<buffer>'.(a:0 ? a:1 : '') a:map
+    let b:undo_ftplugin .= '|sil! '.a:mode.'unmap <buffer> '.from
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><cword> substitute(RubyCursorIdentifier(),'^$',"\022\027",'')
+cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><cfile> substitute(RubyCursorFile(),'^$',"\022\006",'')
+let b:undo_ftplugin .= "| sil! cunmap <buffer> <Plug><cword>| sil! cunmap <buffer> <Plug><cfile>"
+
 if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
+  nmap <buffer><script> <SID>:  :<C-U>
+  nmap <buffer><script> <SID>c: :<C-U><C-R>=v:count ? v:count : ''<CR>
+
  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','b','n')<CR>
  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','','n')<CR>
  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyDefine','b','n')<CR>
@@ -168,7 +184,7 @@ if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
        \."| sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> [[' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]]' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> []' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]['"
        \."| sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> [m' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]m' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> [M' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]M'"

-  if maparg('im','n') == ''
+  if maparg('im','x') == '' && maparg('im','o') == '' && maparg('am','x') == '' && maparg('am','o') == ''
    onoremap <silent> <buffer> im :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[m',']M')<CR>
    onoremap <silent> <buffer> am :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_a('[m',']M')<CR>
    xnoremap <silent> <buffer> im :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[m',']M')<CR>
@@ -178,7 +194,7 @@ if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
          \."| sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> im' | sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> am'"
  endif

-  if maparg('iM','n') == ''
+  if maparg('iM','x') == '' && maparg('iM','o') == '' && maparg('aM','x') == '' && maparg('aM','o') == ''
    onoremap <silent> <buffer> iM :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[[','][')<CR>
    onoremap <silent> <buffer> aM :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_a('[[','][')<CR>
    xnoremap <silent> <buffer> iM :<C-U>call <SID>wrap_i('[[','][')<CR>
@@ -188,33 +204,24 @@ if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
          \."| sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> iM' | sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> aM'"
  endif

-  if maparg("\<C-]>",'n') == ''
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-]>       :<C-U>exe  v:count1."tag <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> g<C-]>      :<C-U>exe         "tjump <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> g]          :<C-U>exe       "tselect <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W>]      :<C-U>exe v:count1."stag <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W><C-]>  :<C-U>exe v:count1."stag <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W>g<C-]> :<C-U>exe        "stjump <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W>g]     :<C-U>exe      "stselect <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W>}      :<C-U>exe          "ptag <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W>g}     :<C-U>exe        "ptjump <C-R>=RubyCursorIdentifier()<CR>"<CR>
-    let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin
-          \."| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-]>'| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> g<C-]>'| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> g]'"
-          \."| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>]'| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-]>'"
-          \."| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>g<C-]>'| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>g]'"
-          \."| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>}'| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>g}'"
-  endif
+  call s:map('c', '', '<C-R><C-W> <Plug><cword>')
+  call s:map('c', '', '<C-R><C-F> <Plug><cfile>')

-  if maparg("gf",'n') == ''
-    " By using findfile() rather than gf's normal behavior, we prevent
-    " erroneously editing a directory.
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> gf         :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"gf",'edit')<CR>
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W>f     :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"\<Lt>C-W>f",'split')<CR>
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W><C-F> :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"\<Lt>C-W>\<Lt>C-F>",'split')<CR>
-    nnoremap <silent> <buffer> <C-W>gf    :<C-U>exe <SID>gf(v:count1,"\<Lt>C-W>gf",'tabedit')<CR>
-    let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin
-          \."| sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> gf' | sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>f' | sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W><C-F>' | sil! exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-W>gf'"
-  endif
+  cmap <buffer><script><expr> <SID>tagzv &foldopen =~# 'tag' ? '<Bar>norm! zv' : ''
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-]>       <SID>:exe  v:count1."tag <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g<C-]>      <SID>:exe         "tjump <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g]          <SID>:exe       "tselect <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>]      <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W><C-]>  <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g<C-]> <SID>:exe        "stjump <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g]     <SID>:exe      "stselect <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>}      <SID>:exe v:count1."ptag <Plug><cword>"<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g}     <SID>:exe        "ptjump <Plug><cword>"<CR>')
+
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'gf           <SID>c:find <Plug><cfile><CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>f      <SID>c:sfind <Plug><cfile><CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W><C-F>  <SID>c:sfind <Plug><cfile><CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>gf   <SID>c:tabfind <Plug><cfile><CR>')
 endif

 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
@@ -225,7 +232,7 @@ if exists("g:did_ruby_ftplugin_functions")
 endif
 let g:did_ruby_ftplugin_functions = 1

-function! RubyBalloonexpr()
+function! RubyBalloonexpr() abort
  if !exists('s:ri_found')
    let s:ri_found = executable('ri')
  endif
@@ -274,13 +281,13 @@ function! RubyBalloonexpr()
  endif
 endfunction

-function! s:searchsyn(pattern,syn,flags,mode)
+function! s:searchsyn(pattern, syn, flags, mode) abort
+  let cnt = v:count1
  norm! m'
  if a:mode ==# 'v'
    norm! gv
  endif
  let i = 0
-  let cnt = v:count ? v:count : 1
  while i < cnt
    let i = i + 1
    let line = line('.')
@@ -296,11 +303,11 @@ function! s:searchsyn(pattern,syn,flags,mode)
  endwhile
 endfunction

-function! s:synname()
+function! s:synname() abort
  return synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name')
 endfunction

-function! s:wrap_i(back,forward)
+function! s:wrap_i(back,forward) abort
  execute 'norm k'.a:forward
  let line = line('.')
  execute 'norm '.a:back
@@ -310,7 +317,7 @@ function! s:wrap_i(back,forward)
  execute 'norm jV'.a:forward.'k'
 endfunction

-function! s:wrap_a(back,forward)
+function! s:wrap_a(back,forward) abort
  execute 'norm '.a:forward
  if line('.') < line('$') && getline(line('.')+1) ==# ''
    let after = 1
@@ -328,37 +335,55 @@ function! s:wrap_a(back,forward)
  endif
 endfunction

-function! RubyCursorIdentifier()
+function! RubyCursorIdentifier() abort
  let asciicode    = '\%(\w\|[]})\"'."'".']\)\@<!\%(?\%(\\M-\\C-\|\\C-\\M-\|\\M-\\c\|\\c\\M-\|\\c\|\\C-\|\\M-\)\=\%(\\\o\{1,3}\|\\x\x\{1,2}\|\\\=\S\)\)'
  let number       = '\%(\%(\w\|[]})\"'."'".']\s*\)\@<!-\)\=\%(\<[[:digit:]_]\+\%(\.[[:digit:]_]\+\)\=\%([Ee][[:digit:]_]\+\)\=\>\|\<0[xXbBoOdD][[:xdigit:]_]\+\>\)\|'.asciicode
  let operator     = '\%(\[\]\|<<\|<=>\|[!<>]=\=\|===\=\|[!=]\~\|>>\|\*\*\|\.\.\.\=\|=>\|[~^&|*/%+-]\)'
-  let method       = '\%(\<[_a-zA-Z]\w*\>\%([?!]\|\s*=>\@!\)\=\)'
+  let method       = '\%(\.[_a-zA-Z]\w*\s*=>\@!\|\<[_a-zA-Z]\w*\>[?!]\=\)'
  let global       = '$\%([!$&"'."'".'*+,./:;<=>?@\`~]\|-\=\w\+\>\)'
  let symbolizable = '\%(\%(@@\=\)\w\+\>\|'.global.'\|'.method.'\|'.operator.'\)'
  let pattern      = '\C\s*\%('.number.'\|\%(:\@<!:\)\='.symbolizable.'\)'
  let [lnum, col]  = searchpos(pattern,'bcn',line('.'))
  let raw          = matchstr(getline('.')[col-1 : ],pattern)
-  let stripped     = substitute(substitute(raw,'\s\+=$','=',''),'^\s*:\=','','')
+  let stripped     = substitute(substitute(raw,'\s\+=$','=',''),'^\s*[:.]\=','','')
  return stripped == '' ? expand("<cword>") : stripped
 endfunction

-function! s:gf(count,map,edit) abort
-  if getline('.') =~# '^\s*require_relative\s*\(["'']\).*\1\s*$'
-    let target = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1')
-    return a:edit.' %:h/'.target.'.rb'
-  elseif getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require[( ]\|load[( ]\|autoload[( ]:\w\+,\)\s*\s*\%(::\)\=File\.expand_path(\(["'']\)\.\./.*\1,\s*__FILE__)\s*$'
-    let target = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\.\./\zs.\{-\}\ze\1')
-    return a:edit.' %:h/'.target.'.rb'
+function! RubyCursorFile() abort
+  let isfname = &isfname
+  try
+    set isfname+=:
+    let cfile = expand('<cfile>')
+  finally
+    let isfname = &isfname
+  endtry
+  let pre = matchstr(strpart(getline('.'), 0, col('.')-1), '.*\f\@<!')
+  let post = matchstr(strpart(getline('.'), col('.')), '\f\@!.*')
+  let ext = getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require\%(_relative\)\=\|autoload\)\>' && cfile !~# '\.rb$' ? '.rb' : ''
+  if s:synname() ==# 'rubyConstant'
+    let cfile = substitute(cfile,'\.\w\+[?!=]\=$','','')
+    let cfile = substitute(cfile,'::','/','g')
+    let cfile = substitute(cfile,'\(\u\+\)\(\u\l\)','\1_\2', 'g')
+    let cfile = substitute(cfile,'\(\l\|\d\)\(\u\)','\1_\2', 'g')
+    return tolower(cfile) . '.rb'
+  elseif getline('.') =~# '^\s*require_relative\s*\(["'']\).*\1\s*$'
+    let cfile = expand('%:p:h') . '/' . matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1') . ext
+  elseif getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require[( ]\|load[( ]\|autoload[( ]:\w\+,\)\s*\%(::\)\=File\.expand_path(\(["'']\)\.\./.*\1,\s*__FILE__)\s*$'
+    let target = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\.\.\zs/.\{-\}\ze\1')
+    let cfile = expand('%:p:h') . target . ext
  elseif getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require \|load \|autoload :\w\+,\)\s*\(["'']\).*\1\s*$'
-    let target = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1')
+    let cfile = matchstr(getline('.'),'\(["'']\)\zs.\{-\}\ze\1') . ext
+  elseif pre.post =~# '\<File.expand_path[( ].*[''"]\{2\}, *__FILE__\>' && cfile =~# '^\.\.'
+    let cfile = expand('%:p:h') . strpart(cfile, 2)
  else
-    let target = expand('<cfile>')
+    return substitute(cfile, '\C\v^(.*):(\d+)%(:in)=$', '+\2 \1', '')
  endif
-  let found = findfile(target, &path, a:count)
-  if found ==# ''
-    return 'norm! '.a:count.a:map
+  let cwdpat = '^\M' . substitute(getcwd(), '[\/]', '\\[\\/]', 'g').'\ze\[\/]'
+  let cfile = substitute(cfile, cwdpat, '.', '')
+  if fnameescape(cfile) !=# cfile
+    return '+ '.fnameescape(cfile)
  else
-    return a:edit.' '.fnameescape(found)
+    return cfile
  endif
 endfunction

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Sass
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 Jul 26
+" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29

 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -9,8 +9,9 @@ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1

-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< def< inc< inex< ofu< sua<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< def< inc< inex< ofu< sua<"

+setlocal comments=://
 setlocal commentstring=//\ %s
 setlocal define=^\\s*\\%(@mixin\\\|=\\)
 setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\%(.*/\\\|^\\)\\zs','_','')
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:             Scala
+" Maintainer:           Derek Wyatt
+" URL:                  https://github.com/derekwyatt/vim-scala
+" License:              Same as Vim
+" Last Change:          02 August 2016
+" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin') || &cp
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+" j is fairly new in Vim, so don't complain if it's not there
+setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croqnl
+silent! setlocal formatoptions+=j
+
+" Just like c.vim, but additionally doesn't wrap text onto /** line when
+" formatting. Doesn't bungle bulleted lists when formatting.
+if get(g:, 'scala_scaladoc_indent', 0)
+  setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s2:/**,mb:*,ex:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
+else
+  setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/**,mb:*,ex:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
+endif
+setlocal commentstring=//\ %s
+
+setlocal shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab
+
+setlocal include='^\s*import'
+setlocal includeexpr='substitute(v:fname,"\\.","/","g")'
+
+setlocal path+=src/main/scala,src/test/scala
+setlocal suffixesadd=.scala
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 et:
@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	SCSS
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 Jul 26
+" Last Change:	2016 Aug 29

 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
  finish
 endif

 runtime! ftplugin/sass.vim
+setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://

 " vim:set sw=2:
@@ -36,10 +36,11 @@ except ImportError:
 else:
    specfile = vim.current.buffer.name
    if specfile:
+        rpm.delMacro("dist")
        spec = rpm.spec(specfile)
-        headers = spec.packages[0].header
-        version = headers['Version']
-        release = ".".join(headers['Release'].split(".")[:-1])
+        headers = spec.sourceHeader
+        version = headers["Version"]
+        release = headers["Release"]
        vim.command("let ver = " + version)
        vim.command("let rel = " + release)
 PYEND
@@ -113,7 +114,10 @@ if !exists("*s:SpecChangelog")
 			endif
 		endif
 		if (chgline != -1)
+			let tmptime = v:lc_time
+			language time C
 			let parsed_format = "* ".strftime(format)." - ".ver."-".rel
+			execute "language time" tmptime
 			let release_info = "+ ".name."-".ver."-".rel
 			let wrong_format = 0
 			let wrong_release = 0
@@ -179,12 +183,8 @@ if !exists("*s:ParseRpmVars")
 		endif
 		let varname = strpart(a:str, start+2, end-(start+2))
 		execute a:strline
-		let definestr = "^[ \t]*%define[ \t]\\+" . varname . "[ \t]\\+\\(.*\\)$"
+		let definestr = "^[ \t]*%(?:global|define)[ \t]\\+" . varname . "[ \t]\\+\\(.*\\)$"
 		let linenum = search(definestr, "bW")
-		if (linenum == 0)
-			let definestr = substitute(definestr, "%define", "%global", "")
-			let linenum = search(definestr, "bW")
-		endif
 		if (linenum != -1)
 			let ret = ret .  substitute(getline(linenum), definestr, "\\1", "")
 		else
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ endif

 let b:match_ignorecase = 0
 let b:match_words =
-  \ '^Name:^%description:^%clean:^%setup:^%build:^%install:^%files:' .
+  \ '^Name:^%description:^%clean:^%(?:auto)?setup:^%build:^%install:^%files:' .
  \ '^%package:^%preun:^%postun:^%changelog'

 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
@@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ TryExec=gvim
 Exec=gvim -f %F
 Terminal=false
 Type=Application
+Keywords=Text;editor;
 Icon=gvim
 Categories=Utility;TextEditor;
 StartupNotify=true
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " An example for a gvimrc file.
-" The commands in this are executed when the GUI is started.
+" The commands in this are executed when the GUI is started, after the vimrc
+" has been executed.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2001 Sep 02
+" Last change:	2016 Apr 05
 "
 " To use it, copy it to
 "     for Unix and OS/2:  ~/.gvimrc
@@ -27,17 +28,11 @@ map! <S-Insert> <MiddleMouse>
 " Only do this for Vim version 5.0 and later.
 if version >= 500

-  " I like highlighting strings inside C comments
-  let c_comment_strings=1
-
  " Switch on syntax highlighting if it wasn't on yet.
  if !exists("syntax_on")
    syntax on
  endif

-  " Switch on search pattern highlighting.
-  set hlsearch
-
  " For Win32 version, have "K" lookup the keyword in a help file
  "if has("win32")
  "  let winhelpfile='windows.hlp'
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More